<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
	xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/"
	xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/"
	>

<channel>
	<title>woocommerce refund and exchange plugin-Makewebbetter Documentation</title>
	<atom:link href="https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
	<link></link>
	<description></description>
	<lastBuildDate>Fri, 11 Oct 2024 13:32:16 +0000</lastBuildDate>
	<language>en-US</language>
	<sy:updatePeriod>
	hourly	</sy:updatePeriod>
	<sy:updateFrequency>
	1	</sy:updateFrequency>
	<generator>https://wordpress.org/?v=6.9.4</generator>

<image>
	<url>https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/cropped-wpSwings_wordmark_1080x1080-32x32.png</url>
	<title>woocommerce refund and exchange plugin-Makewebbetter Documentation</title>
	<link></link>
	<width>32</width>
	<height>32</height>
</image> 
	<item>
		<title>RMA WCFM For WooCommerce</title>
		<link>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/</link>
					<comments>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[sanjeev maurya]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Mon, 15 Aug 2022 13:52:00 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[Org]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce / WordPress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Refund & Exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rma exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce delivery]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce refund and exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce refund and exchange plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce refund system]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">http://docs.makewebbetter.com/?p=3196</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/">RMA WCFM For WooCommerce</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<link rel='stylesheet' href='https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/plugins/documentor/skins/mint/style.css' type='text/css' media='all' /><div id="documentor-243" class="documentor-mint documentor-wrap" data-docid = "243" ><div class="documentor-topicons doc-noprint"><span class="doc-topiconswrap"></span><div class="cleardiv"></div><div class="clrright"></div></div><div class="document-wrapper"><div class="ddd doc-menu toggle doc-noprint" style="position: static;"><span class="doc-search">
					<input type="text" name="search_document" class="search-document" placeholder="Search" />
					<img decoding="async" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/plugins/documentor/skins/mint/images/search.png" alt="search_image"/>
				</span><div class="doc-menurelated"><ol class="doc-list-front"><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#overview-183"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#overview-183" data-sec-counter="1" data-section-id="1769">Overview </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-12"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-12" data-sec-counter="2" data-section-id="3710">How to download the premium plugin?</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#installation-140"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#installation-140" data-sec-counter="3" data-section-id="1770">Installation </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#admin-setting-81"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#admin-setting-81" data-sec-counter="4" data-section-id="1771">Admin Setting </a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#refund-request-setting"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#refund-request-setting" data-sec-counter="4.1" data-section-id="1772">Refund Request Setting </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#exchange-request-setting"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#exchange-request-setting" data-sec-counter="4.2" data-section-id="1773">Exchange Request Setting</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#common-setting-6"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#common-setting-6" data-sec-counter="4.3" data-section-id="1774">Common Setting </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#cancel-order-setting-5"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#cancel-order-setting-5" data-sec-counter="4.4" data-section-id="1775">Cancel Order Setting </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#customer-wallet-setting"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#customer-wallet-setting" data-sec-counter="4.5" data-section-id="1776"> Wallet Setting </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#text-setting-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#text-setting-2" data-sec-counter="4.6" data-section-id="1777">Text Setting</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#catalog-setting-4"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#catalog-setting-4" data-sec-counter="4.7" data-section-id="1778">Catalog Setting </a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#basic-e-mail-notification-setting"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#basic-e-mail-notification-setting" data-sec-counter="4.8" data-section-id="1779">E-Mail Notification Setting</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#rma-wcfm-settings"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#rma-wcfm-settings" data-sec-counter="5" data-section-id="1781">RMA WCFM Settings</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#admin-workflow-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#admin-workflow-2" data-sec-counter="6" data-section-id="1782">Admin WorkFlow</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#vendor-work-flow"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#vendor-work-flow" data-sec-counter="7" data-section-id="1784">Vendor Work Flow</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#feedback-and-suggestions-22"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#feedback-and-suggestions-22" data-sec-counter="8" data-section-id="3648">Feedback and Suggestions</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#faq"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#faq" data-sec-counter="9" data-section-id="1785">FAQ</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#helpful-resources-23"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;" data-href="#helpful-resources-23" data-sec-counter="10" data-section-id="3860">Helpful Resources!!!!</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="doc-sec-container" id="documentor_seccontainer"><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="overview-183_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1769" id="overview-183" data-section-id="1769"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">1.</span>Overview  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#overview-183')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><strong>WooCommerce RMA For WCFM</strong> is a complete solution for any kind of refunds and exchanges requests. It provides a solid framework to your vendors to handle the Refund/Exchange Requests, of their customers.

&nbsp;

<strong>Features:</strong>
<ul>
 	<li>Admin allows the vendors to handle the Refund and Exchange Requests.</li>
 	<li>Allow the vendors to refund money in the customer wallet.</li>
 	<li>Allow the vendors to manage the stock of refunded products.</li>
 	<li>Fully automated refund and exchange system.</li>
</ul>
<em><strong>RMA WCFM For WooCommerce: The best-in-class plugin that will easily automate your multivendor marketplace thereby giving the facility to the merchants to allow the vendors to handle refund, exchange, and cancel requests with the help of a smooth refund and exchange interface. Moreover, the multivendor plugin offers exclusive features like an e-wallet, managing shipping costs, and stock.</strong></em>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><iframe loading="lazy" width="560" height="315" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/d6So_I1Ecy0" title="YouTube video player" frameborder="0" allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture" allowfullscreen></iframe></div>
<strong>I hope you are persuaded…. Let’s take a closer look at the plugin by getting over the setup and installation process in detail.</strong></div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-12_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3710" id="how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-12" data-section-id="3710"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.</span>How to download the premium plugin? <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-12')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-18f054bd-14c4-4e5a-a953-85fef1c25b08">To download the premium plugin which you purchased please follow the below steps:-</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-99f8d1bf-1e81-48f7-bf05-d0fa6ce2357a"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-31950288-29d0-4e46-af1b-04717f526910">1. Go To <a class="ql-link" href="https://wpswings.com/my-account" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">https://wpswings.com/my-account</a></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-0169f753-f07f-4242-930c-f340dd51d9d0">2. Visit Orders Section</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-228f2a95-8c9c-42bb-b53a-5273f946ce27"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-b91d6920-8326-4076-abec-329147f21d83">There you will get a License code and a Premium purchased plugin zip file</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-992faa5d-543f-4aec-a6a3-0bfcde4ac9be"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-be1b7a41-b53e-4658-8b67-1c6d9f232193">Download and use it on your website by activating it</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-fbe38492-81d8-456a-b93f-ff574b3966b7"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-c16fe449-cb0c-4e1d-9356-26c586edeeee"><strong>Note:</strong> You need to have Free and Pro Both plugins in order to use them smoothly</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="installation-140_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1770" id="installation-140" data-section-id="1770"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">3.</span>Installation  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#installation-140')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><b>Automatic Installation:</b></p>
<p>Automatic installation is the easiest option as WordPress handles the file transfers itself and you don’t need to leave your web browser.</p>
<p>In order to install your purchased plugin automatically, use these steps:</p>
<ol>
<li>Download the zip folder of the plugin WooCommerce RMA For WCFM.</li>
<li>Once downloaded install the plugin through browsing and activate it.</li>
</ol>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><b>Manual Installation:</b></p>
<p>Manual installation of the plugin is another option to install the plugin to your WordPress-environment. The manual installation method involves downloading our WooCommerce RMA For WCFM Extension and uploading it to your web server via your favorite FTP application.</p>
<p>The Steps of manual installation  are as follows :</p>
<ol>
<li>Upload the WooCommerce RMA For WCFM folder to the /wp-content/plugins/ directory.</li>
<li>Activate the WooCommerce RMA For WCFM Extension through the ‘Plugins Menu’ in WordPress.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation.png"><img fetchpriority="high" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23679 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation.png" alt="plugin installation" width="1214" height="520" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation.png 1214w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation-300x129.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation-1024x439.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/1-plugin-installation-768x329.png 768w" sizes="(max-width: 1214px) 100vw, 1214px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="admin-setting-81_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1771" id="admin-setting-81" data-section-id="1771"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.</span>Admin Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#admin-setting-81')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>WooCommerce RMA For WCFM allows Admin as well as Vendors to handle the Refund Product Request, Exchange Product Request of our customers.</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="refund-request-setting_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1772" id="refund-request-setting" data-section-id="1772"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.1.</span>Refund Request Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#refund-request-setting')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Refund product setting allows you to enable the refund setting to your customer. To enable this setting firstly you have to enable these three settings.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable Refund Request.</li>
<li>Set the maximum number of days.</li>
<li>Select the order status in which the order can be Refunded.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12644 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1.png" alt="RMA for WCFM" width="1148" height="1299" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1.png 1148w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1-265x300.png 265w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1-768x869.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-1-1-905x1024.png 905w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1148px) 100vw, 1148px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Enable:</b> Click on this check box to enable the refund setting.</p>
<p><b>Sale Items:</b> The merchant can allow refund for the Sale items by checking on this checkbox.</p>
<p><b>Exclude Shipping Fee:</b> The merchant can enable shipping cost from here. If the checkbox is unchecked then the merchant can’t add an extra fee to requested products.</p>
<p><b>Enable Refund Note on Product Page:</b> Admin can enable refund note for the product on the product detail page.</p>
<p><b>Refund Note on Product Page: </b>The User gets the refund note for the product on the product detail page.</p>
<p><b>Maximum Number of Days:</b> The user can submit a refund request up to the selected number of days from the delivery date.</p>
<p><b>Minimum Order Amount: </b>The Minimum order amount must be greater or equal to the selected order amount for refund feature.</p>
<p><b>Exclude Category: </b>The merchant can prevent selected product categories from refund request.</p>
<p><b>Enable Attachment on Request Form:</b> The merchant can enable the attachment field on Refund Request form.</p>
<p><b>Enable Refund Request Reason Description:</b> The merchant can enable Reason Description field on Refund Request form.</p>
<p><b>Enable Manage Stock:</b> The merchant can enable manage stock when a refund request is approved.</p>
<p><b>Select Order status in which order can be refunded:</b> Select order status on which you want to refund the product.</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="exchange-request-setting_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1773" id="exchange-request-setting" data-section-id="1773"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.2.</span>Exchange Request Setting <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#exchange-request-setting')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Exchange product setting allows the administrator to enable the exchange product setting to your customer. To enable this setting, you must enable these three settings.</p>
<ol>
<li>Enable Exchange Request.</li>
<li>Set the maximum number of days.</li>
<li>Select the order status in which the order can be Exchange.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12660 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2.png" alt="rma for wcfm-2" width="1155" height="1176" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2.png 1155w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2-295x300.png 295w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2-768x782.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/2-1006x1024.png 1006w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1155px) 100vw, 1155px" /></a><b></b><b></b><b></b></div>
<p><b>Enable: </b>Click on this checkbox to enable the exchange setting.</p>
<p><b>Enable Exchange Request with same products or its variations: </b>In this setting, you can exchange your product order with the same product and its variations.</p>
<p><b>Sale Items:</b> The merchant can prevent Sale items from the exchange by checking the checkbox.</p>
<p><b>Include tax:</b> The merchant can include tax with the exchange request by clicking the checkbox.</p>
<p><b>Exclude Shipping Fee:</b> The merchant can enable shipping cost from here. If the checkbox is unchecked then the merchant can’t add an extra fee to requested products.</p>
<p><b>Enable Exchange Note on Product Page:</b> Admin can enable exchange note for the product on the product detail page.</p>
<p><b>Exchange Note on Product Page: </b>The user gets the exchange note for the product on the product detail page.</p>
<p><b>Minimum Number Days: </b>The user can submit an exchange request up to the selected number of days from delivery date.</p>
<p><b>Minimum Order Amount:</b> Minimum order amount must be greater or equal to selected order amount for exchange feature.</p>
<p><b>Exclude Category: </b>The merchant can prevent selected categories of items from the exchange request.</p>
<p><b>Enable Exchange Request Reason Description: </b>The merchant can enable Reason Description field on Exchange Request form.</p>
<p><b>Enable Manage Stock:</b> The merchant can enable manage stock when exchange request is approved.</p>
<p><b>Select Order status in which order can be Exchange:</b> The merchant can enable an Exchange request for selected order status.</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="common-setting-6_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1774" id="common-setting-6" data-section-id="1774"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.3.</span>Common Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#common-setting-6')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>This setting allows you to enable the single refund/exchange request per order. If anyone refund/Exchange request is done with an order then refund/exchange request will be disabled for that order.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12659 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3.png" alt="rma for wcfm-3 " width="1160" height="906" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3.png 1160w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3-300x234.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3-768x600.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/3-1024x800.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1160px) 100vw, 1160px" /></a></div>
<div>
<ul>
<li><b>Enable: </b>This setting is work for both Refund and Exchange Sections. After enabling this feature the merchant can approve both refund/exchange requests and If anyone Refund/Exchange request is done with an order then Refund/Exchange request is disabled for that order.</li>
<li><b>Enable Refund &amp; Exchange for exchange approved order:</b> Enable this setting if you want to again enable the refund/exchange setting on the exchange approved product.</li>
<li><b> Sidebar: </b>The merchant can enable the settings for showing the sidebar in refund and request form.</li>
<li>Admin can Write <b>Main Wrapper Class</b> &amp; <b>Child Wrapper Class of Theme</b> if some design issue arises on the front-end.</li>
<li><b>Custom CSS:</b> The merchant can change the physical properties of refund from, exchange form, wallet using the custom CSS.</li>
</ul>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="cancel-order-setting-5_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1775" id="cancel-order-setting-5" data-section-id="1775"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.4.</span>Cancel Order Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#cancel-order-setting-5')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>If you want your customer to cancel their products after purchasing, then enable the Cancel Order setting.</p>
<p>After enabling this setting the customer sends the Cancel Order request by clicking on the “Cancel Order” button from the My Account page.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12658 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4.png" alt="rma for wcfm-4" width="1169" height="483" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4.png 1169w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4-300x124.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4-768x317.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/4-1024x423.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1169px) 100vw, 1169px" /></a></div>
<div><b>Enable:</b> After enabling this settings merchant can approve the cancel order request.</div>
<div>
<p><b>Enable Order’s Product Cancel: </b>After enabling this setting merchant can allow the customer to cancel only the selected products from the order.</p>
<p><b>Select the order status</b>: Here the admin selects the order status in which the order will be canceled.</p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="customer-wallet-setting_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1776" id="customer-wallet-setting" data-section-id="1776"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.</span> Wallet Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#customer-wallet-setting')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>If Admin wants to add the refunded amount to the customer wallet then enable “Wallet settings”.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12667 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2.png" alt="rma for wcfm-5" width="1182" height="509" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2.png 1182w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2-300x129.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2-768x331.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-5-2-1024x441.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1182px) 100vw, 1182px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Enable Wallet:</b> The merchant can enable this to save the refunded amount into the customer wallet.</p>
<p><b>Select Refund Method to Customer:</b> Enabling this setting, Admin allows the customer to select the method of refunded amount. It may be the manual refund or in the customer wallet.</p>
<p><b>Cancel Order Amount to Wallet:</b> The merchant can Enable this for adding the Order amount with coupon discount to customer wallet for those orders which is paid and having status Processing and Completed and going to be canceled due to some reason.</p>
<p><b>Wallet Coupon Prefix: </b>The merchant can set the coupon prefix to make it unique.</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="text-setting-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1777" id="text-setting-2" data-section-id="1777"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.6.</span>Text Setting <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#text-setting-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Admin can modify the text to be displayed on the front-end. He can change Guest Refund/Exchange Form Text, Exchange Button Text, Refund Button Text, and many more.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12666 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2.png" alt="rma for wcfm-6" width="1152" height="912" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2.png 1152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2-300x238.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2-768x608.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-6-2-1024x811.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1152px) 100vw, 1152px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="catalog-setting-4_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1778" id="catalog-setting-4" data-section-id="1778"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.7.</span>Catalog Setting  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#catalog-setting-4')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Through this setting creates Catalog and select those categories on which categories products you don’t want to allow refund and exchange request for the selected time of period.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-7-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12665 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-7-2.png" alt="rma for wcfm-7" width="904" height="509" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-7-2.png 904w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-7-2-300x169.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-7-2-768x432.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 904px) 100vw, 904px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Add/Remove(+/-)</b></p>
<p>Add/Remove new catalog after first.</p>
<p><b>Catalog Name</b></p>
<p>Here, merchants can give Name of products group.</p>
<p><b>Select Catalog Products</b></p>
<p>Here select products of catalog group.</p>
<p><b>Maximum Refund Days</b></p>
<p>Set maximum Refund Days of the selected Products.</p>
<p><b>Maximum Exchange Days</b></p>
<p>Set maximum Exchange Days of the selected Products.</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="basic-e-mail-notification-setting_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1779" id="basic-e-mail-notification-setting" data-section-id="1779"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.8.</span>E-Mail Notification Setting <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#basic-e-mail-notification-setting')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>This page is basically for notification.</p>
<h3><b>Basic E-Mail Notification Setting:</b></h3>
<ol>
<li><b>From Name:</b> All email notification to the user is sent from this name.</li>
<li><b>From Email:</b> All email notification to the user is sent from this email.</li>
<li><b>Predefined Refund Reason:</b> Merchant can set multiple Predefined refund reasons which may be the reason of Users.</li>
<li><b>Predefined Exchange Reason: </b>Merchant can set multiple Predefined exchange reasons which may be the reason for User.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12664 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2.png" alt="rma for wcfm-8" width="1181" height="2032" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2.png 1181w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2-174x300.png 174w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2-768x1321.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-8-2-595x1024.png 595w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1181px) 100vw, 1181px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund E-Mail Notification Setting:</strong></h3>
<ol>
<li><b>Merchant Refund Request Subject: </b>Subject of refund request which Merchant received for an Order.</li>
<li><b>Refund Request Received Subject:</b> Subject of refund request which user received for their Order.<br />
<b>Received Refund Request Message:</b> Message content of refund request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Approved Refund Request Subject: </b>Subject of the approved request which user received for their Order.<br />
<b>Approved Refund Request Message: </b>Message content of the approved refund request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Canceled Refund Request Subject:</b> Subject of the canceled request which user received for their Order.<br />
<b>Canceled Refund Request Message:</b> Message content of canceled refund request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Enable to custom email template:</b> Enable this when you want to put custom email template in the editor and put your email template under the text tab of the editor.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12663 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-9" width="1166" height="2870" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1.png 1166w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1-122x300.png 122w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1-768x1890.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-9-1-416x1024.png 416w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1166px) 100vw, 1166px" /></a></div>
<h3><b>Exchange E-Mail Notification Setting:</b></h3>
<ol>
<li><b>Merchant Exchange Request Subject:</b> Subject of exchange request which Merchant received for an Order.</li>
<li><b>Exchange Request Received Subject:</b> Subject of exchange request which user received for their Order<br />
<b>Received Exchange Request Message: </b>Message content of exchange request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Approved Exchange Request Subject: </b>Subject of the approved exchange request which user received for their Order.<br />
<b>Approved Exchange Request Message: </b>Message content of approved exchange request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Canceled Exchange Request Subject:</b> Subject of canceled exchange request which user received for their Order.<br />
<b>Canceled Exchange Request Message: </b>Message content of canceled exchange request which user received for their Order.</li>
<li><b>Enable to custom email template:</b> Enable this when you want to put custom email template in the editor and put your email template under the text tab of the editor.</li>
</ol>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12662 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-10" width="1171" height="2017" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1.png 1171w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1-174x300.png 174w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1-768x1323.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-10-1-594x1024.png 594w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1171px) 100vw, 1171px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3><b>Return Slip Label Setting:</b></h3>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12690 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11.png" alt="rma for wcfm-11" width="1165" height="969" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11.png 1165w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11-300x250.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11-768x639.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-11-1024x852.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1165px) 100vw, 1165px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="rma-wcfm-settings_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1781" id="rma-wcfm-settings" data-section-id="1781"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.</span>RMA WCFM Settings <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#rma-wcfm-settings')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>The Admin allows the vendor to manage refund/ exchange requests, to refund the money in customer Wallet and allows the refunded product stock.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12689 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12.png" alt="rma wcfm-12" width="1173" height="520" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12.png 1173w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12-300x133.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12-768x340.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-12-1024x454.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1173px) 100vw, 1173px" /></a></div>
<h3><b>Products Edit Page:</b></h3>
<p>Go to Products and choose any product.</p>
<p>From the product detail, the page on Advanced section merchant can disable refund and exchange request for each product. By default, the product is enabled for refund and exchange request.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-13-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12688 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-13-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-13" width="868" height="455" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-13-1.png 868w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-13-1-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-13-1-768x403.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 868px) 100vw, 868px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3><b>Manage User Wallet:</b></h3>
<p>Go to the User listing page in the admin panel.</p>
<p>There is a column User Wallet with the wallet codes and the amount of each customer. If no wallet generated the admin can generate by clicking on the button Create Wallet.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12687 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-14" width="1176" height="532" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1.png 1176w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1-300x136.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1-768x347.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-14-1-1024x463.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1176px) 100vw, 1176px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="admin-workflow-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1782" id="admin-workflow-2" data-section-id="1782"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.</span>Admin WorkFlow <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#admin-workflow-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h3><b>Basic Settings:</b></h3>
<ul>
<li><strong>Refund Request Form</strong></li>
<li><strong>Exchange Request Form</strong></li>
<li><strong>Return Request Form</strong></li>
<li><strong>Refund/Exchange Request Form</strong></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12686 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-15" width="1342" height="477" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1.png 1342w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1-300x107.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1-768x273.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-15-1-1024x364.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1342px) 100vw, 1342px" /></a></div>
<h3><b>⇒ REFUND REQUEST:</b></h3>
<p>1)The customer will be able to send the refund request if the merchant can enable the setting from the backend.</p>
<p>2) After enabling the setting the customer sends the refund request by following steps.</p>
<p>-&gt; Click on the Refund Button.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12685 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png" alt="" width="833" height="509" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png 833w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-300x183.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-768x469.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-620x380.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></a></div>
<p>-&gt; Clicking on the<b> Refund Button</b>, A <b>Refund Request Form</b> is displayed. After filling out this form the customer will be able to send the refund request.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12684 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17.png" alt="rma for wcfm-17" width="1088" height="1478" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17.png 1088w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17-221x300.png 221w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17-768x1043.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-17-754x1024.png 754w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p>-&gt;After Clicking on the <strong>Submit Request</strong> the Refund Request is transmitted to the merchant.</p>
<p>The merchant can see all the request from the Order list and view any request click on that particular request.</p>
</div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12683 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19.png" alt="rma for wcfm-19" width="1358" height="458" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19.png 1358w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19-300x101.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19-768x259.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-19-1024x345.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1358px) 100vw, 1358px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>
<p>The Merchant can inspect all the details of the product and Accept/Cancel the request respectively.</p>
</div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12682 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20.png" alt="rma for wcfm-20" width="875" height="538" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20.png 875w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20-300x184.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20-768x472.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-20-620x380.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 875px) 100vw, 875px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>If the Merchant accepts the refund request than refunds the amount to the customer by clicking on the<strong> Refund Amount.</strong></div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-21.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12725 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-21.png" alt="rma for wcfm-21" width="864" height="546" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-21.png 864w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-21-300x190.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-21-768x485.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 864px) 100vw, 864px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<h3><strong>⇒ EXCHANGE REQUEST:</strong></h3>
<p>1)The customer will be able to send the exchange request if the merchant can enable the setting from the backend.</p>
<p>2) After enabling the setting the customer sends the exchange request by following steps.</p>
<p>-&gt; Click on the <strong>Exchange</strong> <strong>Button</strong>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-22.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12724 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-22.png" alt="rma for wcfm-22" width="828" height="491" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-22.png 828w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-22-300x178.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-22-768x455.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 828px) 100vw, 828px" /></a></div>
<p>-&gt; Clicking on the “exchange button”, <strong>A Exchange Request Form</strong> is displayed. After filling out this form the customer will be able to send the exchange request. admin can allow the customer for two type of exchange product policies.</p>
<ol>
<li>Exchange product with selected products or its variations.</li>
<li>Exchange the product direct from any product.</li>
</ol>
<p><strong>1. Exchange product with selected products or its variations.</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12722 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24.png" alt="rma for wcfm-24" width="1094" height="1670" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24.png 1094w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24-197x300.png 197w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24-768x1172.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-24-671x1024.png 671w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1094px) 100vw, 1094px" /></a></div>
<p><strong>2. Exchange the product from any product.</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12723 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23.png" alt="rma for wcfm-23" width="1088" height="1334" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23.png 1088w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23-245x300.png 245w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23-768x942.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-23-835x1024.png 835w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1088px) 100vw, 1088px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>
<p>-&gt;After Clicking on the <strong>Submit Request,</strong> the Exchange Request transmits to the merchant.</p>
<p>The merchant can see all the request from the Order list and view any request click on that particular request.</p>
<p>The Merchant can inspect all the details of the product and Accept/Cancel the exchange request respectively.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-25.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12721 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-25.png" alt="rma for wcfm-25" width="867" height="730" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-25.png 867w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-25-300x253.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-25-768x647.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>If the merchant approves the Exchange request than exchanged the product and manage the stock by clicking on <strong>Manage Stock</strong> button.</div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-26.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12720 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-26.png" alt="rma for wcfm-26" width="874" height="757" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-26.png 874w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-26-300x260.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-26-768x665.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 874px) 100vw, 874px" /></a></div>
</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<h3><strong>⇒ CANCEL ORDER REQUEST:</strong></h3>
<p>1) The customer will be able to send the Cancel Order request if the merchant can enable the setting from the backend.</p>
<p>2) After enabling the setting the customer sends the Cancel Order request by clicking on the<strong> Cancel Order</strong> <strong>Button</strong>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-29.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12717 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-29.png" alt="RMA FOR WCFM -29" width="826" height="528" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-29.png 826w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-29-300x192.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-29-768x491.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 826px) 100vw, 826px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
<div>
<p>After clicking on the Cancel Order your product will be canceled.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-30.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12716 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-30.png" alt="rma for wcfm-30" width="809" height="575" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-30.png 809w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-30-300x213.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-30-768x546.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 809px) 100vw, 809px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>⇒ CANCEL PRODUCT REQUEST:</strong></h3>
<p>1)The customer will be able to send the Cancel Order request if the merchant can enable this setting from the backend.</p>
<p>2) After enabling the setting the customer sends the Cancel Order request by clicking on the<strong> Cancel Products</strong> <strong>Button</strong>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-27.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12719 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-27.png" alt="rma for wcfm-27" width="816" height="526" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-27.png 816w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-27-300x193.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-27-768x495.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 816px) 100vw, 816px" /></a></div>
<p>Select the product and Click on the<strong> Cancel Product Button.</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-28.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12718 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-28.png" alt="rma for wcfm-28" width="815" height="919" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-28.png 815w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-28-266x300.png 266w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-28-768x866.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 815px) 100vw, 815px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>⇒ MANAGE WALLET:</strong></h3>
<p>1)The customer will be able to send the <strong>Refund Request</strong> &amp;<strong> Select Refund Amount method</strong> if the merchant can enable the settings from the backend.</p>
<p>2) After enabling the setting the customer sends the refund request by following steps.</p>
<p>-&gt; Click on the <strong>Refund</strong> <strong>Button</strong>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12685 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-16" width="833" height="509" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1.png 833w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-300x183.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-768x469.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-16-1-620x380.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 833px) 100vw, 833px" /></a></div>
<p>-&gt; Clicking on the “<strong>refund button</strong>“, <strong>A Refund Request Form</strong> is displayed. After filling out this form the customer will be able to send the refund request &amp; also able to select the refund amount method it may be Refund in a custom wallet or Refund through manual method.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12737 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.png" alt="rma for wcfm-31" width="1086" height="1494" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.png 1086w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31-218x300.png 218w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31-768x1057.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31-744x1024.png 744w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1086px) 100vw, 1086px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>⇒ REFUND &amp; EXCHANGE FEATURE FOR THE GUEST USER:</strong></h3>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12736 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32.png" alt="rma for wcfm-32" width="823" height="1025" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32.png 823w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32-241x300.png 241w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32-768x957.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-32-822x1024.png 822w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></a></div>
<p>After purchasing the product If the guest user wants to refund/exchange the product than filling out the Refund/Exchange Form.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12726 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.1.png" alt="rma for wcfm-31.1" width="813" height="409" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.1.png 813w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.1-300x151.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-31.1-768x386.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 813px) 100vw, 813px" /></a></div>
<p>After filling out the Refund/exchange form the guest user will be redirected to his order thank you page and from there customer can Refund/Exchange the product by clicking on the<strong> Refund and Exchange button. </strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12735 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33.png" alt="rma for wcfm-33" width="819" height="1270" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33.png 819w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33-193x300.png 193w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33-768x1191.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-33-660x1024.png 660w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 819px) 100vw, 819px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="vendor-work-flow_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1784" id="vendor-work-flow" data-section-id="1784"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">7.</span>Vendor Work Flow <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#vendor-work-flow')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Any refund and exchange request send by customers display on the admin panel as well as vendor panel if the admin grants the permission to the vendor.</p>
<p>If the vendor wants to check the refund/exchange request then go to <strong>WCFM Dashboard -&gt; RMA Request tab.</strong></p>
<p>After clicking on the <strong>Click Here to View</strong>, Shows two types of request first are<strong> refund request</strong> and the second is <strong>Exchange request</strong>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12734 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34.png" alt="rma for wcfm-34" width="1087" height="1160" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34.png 1087w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34-281x300.png 281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34-768x820.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-34-960x1024.png 960w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1087px) 100vw, 1087px" /></a></div>
<p>If the vendor views the <strong>Refund Request</strong>.</p>
<p><strong>Refund Request:</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12733 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35.png" alt="rma for wcfm-35" width="1082" height="935" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35.png 1082w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35-300x259.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35-768x664.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-35-1024x885.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1082px) 100vw, 1082px" /></a></div>
<p>The vendor takes two types of actions first is<strong>  Accept the request</strong> and <strong>Cancel the Request.</strong></p>
<p>If the<strong> refund request</strong> is accepted by the vendor-</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12732 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36.png" alt="rma for wcfm-36" width="1081" height="962" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36.png 1081w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36-300x267.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36-768x683.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-36-1024x911.png 1024w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1081px) 100vw, 1081px" /></a></div>
<p>After accepting the refund request, vendor <strong>Refund the Amount</strong> and <strong>Manage there stock.</strong></p>
<p><strong>Exchange Request:</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12731 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37.png" alt="rma for wcfm-37" width="1081" height="1256" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37.png 1081w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37-258x300.png 258w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37-768x892.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-37-881x1024.png 881w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1081px) 100vw, 1081px" /></a></div>
<p>when the vendor accept the<strong> Exchange Request</strong> then exchange the product with other product.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12730 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38.png" alt="rma for wcfm-38" width="1092" height="1265" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38.png 1092w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38-259x300.png 259w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38-768x890.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-38-884x1024.png 884w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1092px) 100vw, 1092px" /></a></div>
<p>And the new product order is created.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-39.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12729 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-39.png" alt="rma for wcfm-39" width="824" height="518" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-39.png 824w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-39-300x189.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-39-768x483.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 824px) 100vw, 824px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>Exchange request<strong> is denied </strong>by the vendor when the products purchased are from <strong>different vendors</strong>. In this situation, the admin handles the Exchange request.</div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12728 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40.png" alt="rma for wcfm-40" width="1084" height="1312" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40.png 1084w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40-248x300.png 248w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40-768x930.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-40-846x1024.png 846w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1084px) 100vw, 1084px" /></a></div>
<div>The Customer wants to change the products but the products purchased by the different vendor<strong>s</strong>. In this case, mention the product detail with the vendor detail.</div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-12727 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41.png" alt="rma for wcfm-41" width="789" height="1376" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41.png 789w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41-172x300.png 172w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41-768x1339.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/screenshot-41-587x1024.png 587w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 789px) 100vw, 789px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="feedback-and-suggestions-22_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3648" id="feedback-and-suggestions-22" data-section-id="3648"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">8.</span>Feedback and Suggestions <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#feedback-and-suggestions-22')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>Don’t see a feature in the <b>RMA WCFM for WooCommerce </b>plugin that you think would be useful?</p>
<div class="doc-sec-content">
<p>We’d love to hear it— Reach out to our <strong><a href="https://wpswings.com/submit-query/?utm_source=wpswings-submit-query&amp;utm_medium=wcfm-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=submit-query">Support Query</a></strong> and we’ll consider adding it in a future release.</p>
</div>
<div class="documentor-help"></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="faq_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1785" id="faq" data-section-id="1785"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">9.</span>FAQ <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#faq')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><div id="sp_easy_accordion-1775793364"><div id="sp-ea-12743" class="sp-ea-one sp-easy-accordion" data-ea-active="ea-click" data-ea-mode="vertical" data-preloader="" data-scroll-active-item="" data-offset-to-scroll="0"><div class="ea-card ea-expand sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-127430" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse127430" aria-controls="collapse127430" href="#" aria-expanded="true" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-minus"></i> What are the Prerequisites for using WooCommerce RMA for WCFM?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse collapsed show" id="collapse127430" data-parent="#sp-ea-12743" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-127430"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Before Installing  this extension make sure  you have installed WCFM marketplace and WooCommerce  on your store.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-127431" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse127431" aria-controls="collapse127431" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> How Can Vendor manage refund and exchange requests?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse127431" data-parent="#sp-ea-12743" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-127431"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, The Vendor can manage the refund and exchange request. To do that, you first need to go to the </span><b>WooCommerce &gt;&gt; Click on RMA Configuration &gt;&gt; Click on RMA for WCFM &gt;&gt;Enable the Allow Vendor to manage the Refund and Exchange request setting &gt;&gt; Click on Save Changes Button.</b></p></div></div></div></div></div></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="helpful-resources-23_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3860" id="helpful-resources-23" data-section-id="3860"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">10.</span>Helpful Resources!!!! <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#helpful-resources-23')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li>
<p class="title-heading-left fusion-responsive-typography-calculated"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/setup-return-system-for-wcfm/?utm_source=wpswings-wcfm-blog&amp;utm_medium=wcfm-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=setup-return-system">How To Setup Return System For WCFM Marketplace?</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--></div><!--.doc-sec-container--><div id="sugestedit_popup243" class="sugestedit_popup">
				<a class="modal_close"></a>
				<form name="documentor-suggestform" method="post" class="documentor-suggestform">
					<div class="doc-frmdiv" style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest Edit
					</div>
					<div class="doc-frmdiv">
						<input type="text" name="sec_title" class="sedit-sectitle txtinput" value="" />
					</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="text" name="name" class="txtinput" placeholder="Name" required />
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="email" class="emailinput" placeholder="Email" name="email" required /> 
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<textarea name="content" class="textareainput" placeholder="Post your suggestion..." required></textarea>
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv"><label> Captcha :&nbsp; </label><span class="doc-sedit-captcha"></span></div><input type="hidden" class="sedit-secid" name="secid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-postid" name="sedit_postid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-docid" name="docid" value="243" />
					<button class="docsubmit-suggestform"> Submit </button>
				</form>
			</div><script type="text/javascript">
			jQuery(document).ready(function(){
				jQuery("#documentor-243").documentor({
					documentid	: 243,
					docid		: "documentor-243",
					animation	: "",
					indexformat	: "1",
					pformat		: "decimal",
					cformat		: "decimal",					
					secstyle	: "clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#326693;",
					actnavbg_default: "1",
					actnavbg_color	: "#f3b869",
					enable_ajax	: "0",
					scrolling	: "1",
					fixmenu		: "1",
					skin		: "mint",
					scrollBarSize	: "8",
					scrollBarColor	: "#326693",
					scrollBarOpacity: "0.5",
					windowprint	: "0",
					menuTop: "20",
					socialshare	: 0,
					sharecount	: 1,
					fbshare		: 1,
					twittershare	: 1,
					gplusshare	: 1,
					pinshare	: 1,
					togglechild	: 1,
					noResultsStr: "No results found!",
				});	
			});</script></div><!--/.document-wrapper--></div><div class="cleardiv"> </div><div id="documentor-243-end"></div>


<p></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/">RMA WCFM For WooCommerce</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
		<item>
		<title>RMA Return Refund &#038; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro &#8211; Stock Management, Tax Handling, Exchange &#038; Cancel Order Features</title>
		<link>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/</link>
					<comments>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/#respond</comments>
		
		<dc:creator><![CDATA[sanjeev maurya]]></dc:creator>
		<pubDate>Sat, 06 Oct 2018 06:58:38 +0000</pubDate>
				<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce / WordPress]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[Refund & Exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[rma exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce product rma]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce refund and exchange]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[woocommerce refund and exchange plugin]]></category>
		<category><![CDATA[WooCommerce refund system]]></category>
		<guid isPermaLink="false">https://docs.wpswings.com/?p=6957</guid>

					<description><![CDATA[<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/">RMA Return Refund &#038; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro &#8211; Stock Management, Tax Handling, Exchange &#038; Cancel Order Features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></description>
										<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><div id="documentor-180" class="documentor-mint documentor-wrap" data-docid = "180" ><div class="documentor-topicons doc-noprint"><span class="doc-topiconswrap"></span><div class="cleardiv"></div><div class="clrright"></div></div><div class="document-wrapper"><div class="ddd doc-menu toggle doc-noprint" style="position: static;"><div class="doc-menurelated"><ol class="doc-list-front"><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#overview-123"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#overview-123" data-sec-counter="1" data-section-id="1019">Overview</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-10"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-10" data-sec-counter="2" data-section-id="3708">How to download the premium plugin?</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#plugin-installation-12"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#plugin-installation-12" data-sec-counter="3" data-section-id="3434">Plugin Installation</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#plugins-backend-setting-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#plugins-backend-setting-2" data-sec-counter="4" data-section-id="3435">Plugin’s Backend Setting</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#enable-refund-request-for-sale-items"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#enable-refund-request-for-sale-items" data-sec-counter="4.1" data-section-id="1020">License Activation Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#include-tax-with-product-refund-request"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#include-tax-with-product-refund-request" data-sec-counter="4.2" data-section-id="1021">General Settings Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#enable-to-auto-accept-product-refund-request"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#enable-to-auto-accept-product-refund-request" data-sec-counter="4.3" data-section-id="1024">WooCommerce Refund Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#refund-note-on-product-page"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#refund-note-on-product-page" data-sec-counter="4.4" data-section-id="1026">Exchange Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#minimum-order-amount-for-refund-request"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#minimum-order-amount-for-refund-request" data-sec-counter="4.5" data-section-id="1027">Cancel Tab</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#process-workflow"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#process-workflow" data-sec-counter="4.5.1" data-section-id="3607">Process Workflow Demonstration for Refund, Exchange and Cancel Requests Utilizing the Plugin Features</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#refund-request"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#refund-request" data-sec-counter="4.5.6" data-section-id="1011">RMA Policies Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#order-message-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#order-message-tab" data-sec-counter="4.5.7" data-section-id="3579">Order Message Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#wallet-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#wallet-tab" data-sec-counter="4.5.8" data-section-id="3580">Wallet Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#global-shipping-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#global-shipping-tab" data-sec-counter="4.5.9" data-section-id="3581">Global Shipping Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#integration-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#integration-tab" data-sec-counter="4.5.10" data-section-id="3582">Integration Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#shiprocket-integration"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#shiprocket-integration" data-sec-counter="4.5.11" data-section-id="3817">Shiprocket Integration</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#api-setting-tab"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#api-setting-tab" data-sec-counter="4.5.12" data-section-id="3583">API Setting Tab</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#sms-notification"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#sms-notification" data-sec-counter="5" data-section-id="4108">SMS Notification</a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#connection"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#connection" data-sec-counter="5.1" data-section-id="4109">Connection</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#settings-30"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#settings-30" data-sec-counter="5.2" data-section-id="4110">Settings</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#rma-report"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#rma-report" data-sec-counter="6" data-section-id="3999">RMA Report </a><span class="doc-mtoggle expand"></span><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><ol><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#report-2"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#report-2" data-sec-counter="6.1" data-section-id="4000">Report</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#analytics"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#analytics" data-sec-counter="6.2" data-section-id="4001">Analytics</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#multivendor-marketplace-extension-offered"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#multivendor-marketplace-extension-offered" data-sec-counter="7" data-section-id="3670">Multivendor Marketplace Extension Offered</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#compatible-plugins-3"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#compatible-plugins-3" data-sec-counter="8" data-section-id="3547">Plugin Compatibilities</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#wpml-compatibility"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#wpml-compatibility" data-sec-counter="9" data-section-id="2230">WPML Compatibility</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#feedback-and-suggestions-17"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#feedback-and-suggestions-17" data-sec-counter="10" data-section-id="3533">Feedback and Suggestions</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#faqs-18"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#faqs-18" data-sec-counter="11" data-section-id="1487">FAQs</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#helpful-resources-21"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#helpful-resources-21" data-sec-counter="12" data-section-id="3857">Helpful Resources!!!!</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li><li class="doc-actli"><a class="documentor-menu " href="#case-study"  style="clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;" data-href="#case-study" data-sec-counter="13" data-section-id="3859">Case Study</a><div class="doc-menu-border"></div><div class="doc-menu-border"></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="doc-sec-container" id="documentor_seccontainer"><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="overview-123_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1019" id="overview-123" data-section-id="1019"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">1.</span>Overview <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#overview-123')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;"><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=rma-pro-plugin">WooCommerce RMA Return Refund and Exchange Pro</a> plugin is a complete solution for any kind of refund and exchange request. It gives your customers an easy and simple way to apply <strong>Refund, Exchange, Wallet, Cancel Order requests</strong>, and much more. The whole refund or exchange process goes under a proper mailing system being the ideal return management system.</span></p>
<p><b>Return Refund and Exchange Pro for WooCommerce</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> extension provides various key features-</span></p>
<ul>
<li><span style="font-weight: 400;">With RMA Report Feature, admins can have a holistic view of the returns, exchanges and cancellations.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1">The merchants can add the exchange and refund days product-wise for different types of listed items.</li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can enable/disable the <strong>WooCommerce</strong> <strong>refund request feature</strong>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The user can submit <strong>multiple product refund requests</strong> with reason.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add custom <strong>WordPress </strong></span><b>Refund Rules/Regulations </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and display on frontend with ease.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add a </span><b>Coupon Regenerator</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for allowing the customer to change the </span><b>Wallet Coupon Code.</b></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Provide a shortcode to display the </span><b>Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on any page.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow admin to manage </span><b>Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> from the user edit page.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">To add a payment gateway for </span><b>Users </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to make payments through their wallets.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can enable the <strong>customer wallet</strong> to save the <strong>refunded amount</strong> into the customer wallet except to refund the amount.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can <strong>manage stock</strong> for the approved request.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can <strong>enable requests</strong> for selected order status.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">A user can pay an <strong>excessive amount</strong> in the <strong>RMA</strong> <strong>exchange process</strong>.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Guest User Restriction</strong> for <strong>Wallet method</strong> of payment as well <strong>refunds</strong>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can </span><b>Customize </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">refunds or exchange mail content.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customer and admin are both <strong>notified by email</strong> for all events.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>exchange feature</strong> is enabled for a <strong>selected number of days</strong> from an order delivered.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The user can submit multiple product <strong>RMA</strong> </span><b>Exchange </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">requests with reason.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can enable/disable the </span><b>Exchange </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">request feature.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can prevent the <strong>selected category product</strong> from the <strong>refund.</strong></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can exclude <strong>shipping costs to refund</strong> the product.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can <strong>disable the refund feature</strong> for sale items.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>WooCommerce</strong> <strong>refund feature</strong> is enabled for a <strong>selected number of days</strong> from an order placed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The customer can also <strong>exchange orders</strong> in the less old order amount and leave the amount refunded to the customer.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Quantity will be updated at the time of canceling the order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can also <strong>refund the amount later</strong> in case of a wallet disability.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">It allows the customers to <strong>cancel</strong> only the <strong>selected product</strong> instead of the whole order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow the merchant to <strong>exchange the product</strong> with the same product and its variations only.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Add </span><b>Global</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>Product </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">wise shipping fees.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow admin to add </span><b>Refund Guidelines</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on the </span><b>Refund Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> form.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Guest users can also</span><b> Refund/ RMA Exchange/ Cancel </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">their order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow </span><b>Admin </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to </span><b>Add </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><b>Remove </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">predefined refund/exchange reason whenever needed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow the </span><b>Guest </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">user to pay the extra amount by using the email “</span><b>click here</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Use </span><b>Shortcode</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to display the </span><b>Guest </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">user’s </span><b>Refund or Exchange</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> form.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Allow </span><b>Automated Payment Refund Feature</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> through this feature the admin can refund the amount with the same payment method used by the customer during the purchase.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can show return/refund/exchange rules on respective forms with the </span><b>Rules Editor</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>Select pages</strong> to <strong>display</strong> the <strong>refund/exchange/cancel button</strong>.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Set<strong> limits</strong> on the attachments that a buyer can send along with the <strong>request forms</strong>. </span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Remove different buttons for </span><b>COD </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">buyers.</span></li>
</ul>
<blockquote>
<p><em><strong>What if your WordPress website can auto-accept the refund requests of your customers according to the set days? Wouldn’t it be too effective to check manual efforts to accept refund requests? Watch Demo Video of RMA Return Refund And Exchange For WooCommerce Pro.</strong></em></p>
</blockquote>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><iframe loading="lazy" title="Demo Video on RMA Return Refund and Exchange for WooCommerce Pro: Part 1: Refund [Version 2022]" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/QyfzruqwnSM" width="853" height="480" frameborder="0" allowfullscreen="allowfullscreen"></iframe></div>
<blockquote>
<p><em><strong>The tutorial video will familiarize you with the premium features that we have introduced in our Refund plugin to enhance refund management on your WooCommerce store. It will demonstrate to you the working of the PRO version of our refund and exchange management plugin. </strong></em></p>
</blockquote>
<p><strong>I hope you are persuaded&#8230;. Let&#8217;s take a closer look at the plugin by getting over the setup and installation process in detail.</strong></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-10_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3708" id="how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-10" data-section-id="3708"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">2.</span>How to download the premium plugin? <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#how-to-download-the-premium-plugin-10')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-18f054bd-14c4-4e5a-a953-85fef1c25b08">To download the premium plugin which you purchased please follow the below steps:-</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-99f8d1bf-1e81-48f7-bf05-d0fa6ce2357a"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-31950288-29d0-4e46-af1b-04717f526910">1. Go To <a class="ql-link" href="https://wpswings.com/my-account" target="_blank" rel="noopener noreferrer">https://wpswings.com/my-account</a></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-0169f753-f07f-4242-930c-f340dd51d9d0">2. Visit Orders Section</div>
<div data-block-id="block-b91d6920-8326-4076-abec-329147f21d83"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-b91d6920-8326-4076-abec-329147f21d83">There you will get a License code and a Premium purchased plugin zip file</div>
<div data-block-id="block-be1b7a41-b53e-4658-8b67-1c6d9f232193"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-be1b7a41-b53e-4658-8b67-1c6d9f232193">Download and use it on your website by activating it</div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-fbe38492-81d8-456a-b93f-ff574b3966b7"></div>
<div class="ql-block" data-block-id="block-c16fe449-cb0c-4e1d-9356-26c586edeeee"><strong>Note:</strong> You need to have <strong>Free and Pro</strong> Both plugins in order to use them smoothly</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="plugin-installation-12_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3434" id="plugin-installation-12" data-section-id="3434"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">3.</span>Plugin Installation <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#plugin-installation-12')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The </span><b>WooCommerce Return Refund and Exchange Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin can easily be installed abiding the following steps that are detailed below-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Download the WooCommerce Return Refund and Exchange Pro plugin from the respective website product page i.e. <a href="https://wpswings.com/?utm_source=wpswings-official&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=wpswings">WP Swings.</a></span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that just login to your WordPress dashboard.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Next to that, just navigate to the<b> Plugins &gt; Add New</b> page and hit the <b>Upload Plugin</b> button.</li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-22960 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install.png" alt="pro plugin install" width="1301" height="397" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install.png 1301w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install-300x92.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install-1024x312.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/01/1-rma-pro-plugin-install-768x234.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1301px) 100vw, 1301px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Upload the </span><b>.zip</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> file of the plugin and hit the </span><b>Install Now</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Finally, activate this plugin from the<b> Plugins &gt; Installed Plugins</b> page and hit the <b>Activate</b> button to continue.</li>
</ul>
<blockquote>
<p><em><strong>Note : <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Make sure you have also installed the <a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-refund-and-exchange-lite/">Return Refund and Exchange For WooCommerce &#8211; WordPress Plugin</a>, before activating the WooCommerce RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro . As the PRO version is a further advanced version update to that.</span></i></strong></em></p>
<p><em>So, if you don’t already have it, you can download it directly from here: </em><strong><em><a href="https://downloads.wordpress.org/plugin/woo-refund-and-exchange-lite.zip" target="_blank" rel="noopener">Download Zip </a></em></strong></p>
</blockquote>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After installing the plugin, the next step is to configure the backend so that you may use its functions. So, let&#8217;s get started-</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="plugins-backend-setting-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3435" id="plugins-backend-setting-2" data-section-id="3435"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.</span>Plugin’s Backend Setting <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#plugins-backend-setting-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><b>WooCommerce RMA Return, Refund, and Exchange Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin backend setting is quite simple yet straightforward, have a look at the setup tab scrutinies in detail below to have a better understanding of each setting’s purpose-</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="enable-refund-request-for-sale-items_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1020" id="enable-refund-request-for-sale-items" data-section-id="1020"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.1.</span>License Activation Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#enable-refund-request-for-sale-items')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The very first tab defines the license activation panel in a tab setting. This tab depicts the purpose of activating the </span><b>PRO </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">license of the plugin utilizing the activation code offered while purchasing the plugin.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refer to the screencast below to get an idea of that-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23147 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab.png" alt=" licence tab" width="1629" height="840" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab.png 1629w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab-300x155.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab-1024x528.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab-768x396.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/2-licence-tab-1536x792.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1629px) 100vw, 1629px" /></a></div>
<div><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><em><span style="font-weight: 400;">The <strong>WooCommerce </strong></span><b>RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin can be used for 29 days conveniently without activating the license as a free trial of the plugin. But, in order to safeguard your data and settings, it is better advised to activate the license before the due date.</span></em></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="include-tax-with-product-refund-request_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1021" id="include-tax-with-product-refund-request" data-section-id="1021"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.2.</span>General Settings Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#include-tax-with-product-refund-request')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The very next tab in the backend setup is the general tab. This tab covers all the general setup options available for the plugin as well as allows the administrator to enable the WooCommerce refund setting to your customer. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To continue with this tab settings, firstly you have to enable these most basic yet essential toggle based settings–</span></p>
<h3>Enable the WooCommerce Refund setting</h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the refund feature within the plugin.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23148 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/3-general-settings-tab-enable-refund.png" alt="enable refund" width="414" height="72" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/3-general-settings-tab-enable-refund.png 414w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/3-general-settings-tab-enable-refund-300x52.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 414px) 100vw, 414px" />You can simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the plugin refund feature.</div>
<h3><strong>Enable Order Messages</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the order-related messages feature within the plugin.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/4-general-settings-tab-enable-order-message.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23149 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/4-general-settings-tab-enable-order-message.png" alt="enable order message" width="356" height="76" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/4-general-settings-tab-enable-order-message.png 356w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/4-general-settings-tab-enable-order-message-300x64.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 356px) 100vw, 356px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to enable and toggle switch </span><b>OFF </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to disable the plugin order message feature.</span></p>
<p><strong><i>Frontend Demonstration of these setting options-</i></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the actual order display section at the frontend displaying Order Message and Refund buttons within. Have a look-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23150 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo.png" alt="order messages demo" width="1176" height="665" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo.png 1176w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo-300x170.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo-1024x579.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/5-general-settings-tab-order-messages-demo-768x434.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1176px) 100vw, 1176px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you click on </span><b>Order Messages</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button you’d be redirected to the page for order messages, displayed in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23151 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo.png" alt="order message demo" width="1881" height="828" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo.png 1881w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo-300x132.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo-1024x451.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo-768x338.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/6-general-settings-tab-order-message-demo-1536x676.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1881px) 100vw, 1881px" /></a></div>
<p>Here, you can send as well as can review your order related messages history i.e. your personal communication with the store admin related to that particular order with ease.</p>
<h3><strong>Enable Exchange</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the exchange feature within the plugin. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23152 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/7-general-settings-tab-enable-excahnge.png" alt="enable excahnge" width="360" height="67" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/7-general-settings-tab-enable-excahnge.png 360w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/7-general-settings-tab-enable-excahnge-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 360px) 100vw, 360px" />You can simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the plugin exchange feature.</div>
<h3><strong>Enable Cancel</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the order cancellation feature within the plugin. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23153 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/8-general-settings-tab-enable-cancel.png" alt="enable cancel" width="361" height="54" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/8-general-settings-tab-enable-cancel.png 361w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/8-general-settings-tab-enable-cancel-300x45.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 361px) 100vw, 361px" /></div>
<p>You can simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the plugin cancel feature.</p>
<h3><strong>Enable Wallet</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a toggle-based setup option available that is purely dedicated to the smooth enabling/disabling of the refund-based wallet feature within the plugin. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/9-general-settings-tab-enable-wallet.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23154 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/9-general-settings-tab-enable-wallet.png" alt="enable wallet" width="349" height="56" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/9-general-settings-tab-enable-wallet.png 349w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/9-general-settings-tab-enable-wallet-300x48.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 349px) 100vw, 349px" /></a><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to enable and toggle switch </span><b>OFF </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to disable the plugin wallet feature available in the plugin.</span></div>
<div></div>
<div><b>Note</b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span></i><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">The Wallet feature of the </span></i><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce RMA</span></i><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin is not available to guest users.</span></i></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Single Refund and Exchange Request per Order</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling/Disabling the single product-based refund and exchange can be managed per order utilizing this setting option available. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/10-general-settings-tab-enable-single-ref-exc-request-per-order.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23155 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/10-general-settings-tab-enable-single-ref-exc-request-per-order.png" alt="enable single ref exc request per order" width="370" height="116" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/10-general-settings-tab-enable-single-ref-exc-request-per-order.png 370w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/10-general-settings-tab-enable-single-ref-exc-request-per-order-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 370px) 100vw, 370px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to enable and toggle switch </span><b>OFF </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to disable the feature available in the plugin.</span></p>
<p><strong><i>Setting Demonstration…</i></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s take an instance of this refund order. In order to place a refund request their order needs to be completed at least. To proceed one must visit the </span><b>My Account &gt; Orders</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and hit the refund button there to proceed with the refund request for the same.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23156 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo.png" alt="single refund per order demo" width="1380" height="772" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo.png 1380w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-300x168.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1024x573.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/11-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-768x430.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1380px) 100vw, 1380px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you click on the <strong>WooCommerce </strong></span><b>Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button, you’ll be automatically redirected over the </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23157 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1.png" alt="single refund per order demo " width="1917" height="1237" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1.png 1917w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1-300x194.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1-1024x661.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1-768x496.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/12-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-1-1536x991.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1917px) 100vw, 1917px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Complete the form fields by entering the data requested and hit </span><b>Send Request </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to continue with the same.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23158 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification.png" alt="single refund per order demo notification" width="1535" height="36" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification.png 1535w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification-300x7.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification-1024x24.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/13-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-notification-768x18.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1535px) 100vw, 1535px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">One </span><b>Refund Request Notification </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">would be displayed after the process and you’ll be redirected to the orders section again after 10 sec.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23159 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/14-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-3.png" alt="single refund per order demo" width="1390" height="721" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/14-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-3.png 1390w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/14-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-3-300x156.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/14-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-3-1024x531.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/14-general-settings-tab-single-refund-per-order-demo-3-768x398.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1390px) 100vw, 1390px" /></div>
<p>Now, if you observe clearly here. You can see that— the status for that order would be updated to <b>Refund Requested</b> and the <b>Refund &amp; Exchange</b> button is now not available with the order setting options. That’s, just because of the setting you’ve set enable i.e. <b>Enable Single Refund and Exchange Request per Order</b>.<b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">No matter whether you cancel your refund/exchange request after that, still you cannot process another request for the same if this setting is said to be enabled.</span></i></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Refund and Exchange for Exchange Approved Order</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling/Disabling the single product-based refund and exchange can be managed per order after the merchant or the store owner’s approval utilizing this setting option available.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23160 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/15-general-settings-tab-refund-and-exchange-for-approved.png" alt="refund and exchange for approved" width="366" height="110" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/15-general-settings-tab-refund-and-exchange-for-approved.png 366w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/15-general-settings-tab-refund-and-exchange-for-approved-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 366px) 100vw, 366px" /></div>
<p>You can simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the feature available in the plugin.</p>
<h3><strong>Show Sidebar for Refund, Exchange, and Cancel Form</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to enable/disable the sidebar for the refund, exchange, and cancel form available in the plugin, you can simply utilize this option. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23161 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/16-general-settings-tab-show-sidebar-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel.png" alt="(show sidebar for refund, exchange and cancel" width="358" height="105" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/16-general-settings-tab-show-sidebar-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel.png 358w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/16-general-settings-tab-show-sidebar-for-refund-exchange-and-cancel-300x88.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 358px) 100vw, 358px" /></div>
<p>Simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the feature available in the plugin.</p>
<h3><strong>Hide Refund, Exchange, and Cancel button for COD orders when Processing</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to enable/disable the refund, exchange, and cancel button from the </span><b>COD </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">orders when setting status to processing, you can simply utilize this option. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23162 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/17-general-settings-tab-hide-refund-exchange-and-cancel-button-for-cod-orders.png" alt="hide refund, exchange and cancel button for cod orders" width="367" height="142" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/17-general-settings-tab-hide-refund-exchange-and-cancel-button-for-cod-orders.png 367w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/17-general-settings-tab-hide-refund-exchange-and-cancel-button-for-cod-orders-300x116.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 367px) 100vw, 367px" /></div>
<p>Simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the feature available in the plugin.</p>
<h3><strong>Guest Feature via Phone Number</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer a guest login feature for your visiting customers utilizing their phone numbers as a primary id. With this feature, guest users need not be required to enter their email address to request for refund or exchange. They can do so using their phone number, and take the equivalent refund and exchange privileges as the registered users.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23163 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/18-general-settings-tab-guest-feature-via-phone.png" alt="guest feature via phone" width="376" height="83" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/18-general-settings-tab-guest-feature-via-phone.png 376w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/18-general-settings-tab-guest-feature-via-phone-300x66.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 376px) 100vw, 376px" /></div>
<p>Simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the feature available in the plugin.</p>
<h3><strong>Refund, Exchange, and Cancel functionality starts from Order Status Date</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here, you can simply mention the refund, exchange, and cancel order-based status sort in the available text field. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23164 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/19-general-settings-tab-order-created-date.png" alt="order created date" width="555" height="120" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/19-general-settings-tab-order-created-date.png 555w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/19-general-settings-tab-order-created-date-300x65.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 555px) 100vw, 555px" />Just define the fields and personalize the settings.</div>
<h3><strong>Guest Form Shortcode</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your guest form can have a shortcode-based display per your ease. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/20-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23165 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/20-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode.png" alt="guest form shortcode" width="542" height="95" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/20-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode.png 542w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/20-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-300x53.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 542px) 100vw, 542px" /></a></div>
<p>You can create your guest form shortcode here and utilize that for displaying your guest login forms in the website pages or sections you like.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23166 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo.png" alt="guest form shortcode demo" width="1129" height="392" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo.png 1129w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-300x104.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1024x356.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/21-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-768x267.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1129px) 100vw, 1129px" /></a></div>
<p>After clicking on the <b>Submit </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button, an order detail page will display with <strong>WooCommerce</strong> </span><b>Refund, Exchange, Cancel Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tabs. By clicking on these buttons users can send the requests.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23167 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/22-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1.png" alt="guest form shortcode demo " width="1089" height="577" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/22-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1.png 1089w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/22-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1-300x159.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/22-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1-1024x543.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/22-general-settings-tab-guest-form-shortcode-demo-1-768x407.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1089px) 100vw, 1089px" /><strong>Enable to Reset the License on Deactivation of the Plugin</strong></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply utilize this setup option to enable/disable the reset setting of your after your license plan got deactivated.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23168 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/23-general-settings-tab-reset-licence-on-deactivation.png" alt="reset licence on deactivation" width="385" height="109" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/23-general-settings-tab-reset-licence-on-deactivation.png 385w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/23-general-settings-tab-reset-licence-on-deactivation-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 385px) 100vw, 385px" /><strong>Enable Tracking</strong></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For data tracking, you can utilize this setting option. Just toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><b>OFF </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the setting option available. This option enables us to access your site data that ease future concerns related to assistance.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23169 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/24-general-settings-tab-enable-tracking.png" alt="enable tracking" width="390" height="68" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/24-general-settings-tab-enable-tracking.png 390w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/24-general-settings-tab-enable-tracking-300x52.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /><strong>Enable to Show Bank Details fields for Manual Refund </strong></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can enable/disable the bank details field in the return, refund, and exchange form when setting up for the manual WooCommerce refund method.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23170 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/25-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field.png" alt="show bank details field" width="382" height="106" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/25-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field.png 382w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/25-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 382px) 100vw, 382px" /></div>
<p>Simply toggle switch <b>ON </b>to enable and toggle switch <b>OFF </b>to disable the feature available in the plugin.</p>
<p><strong><i>Setting Demonstration over Frontend…</i></strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully placing a refund request for a certain product, the customer can wait till the request gets acceptance from the store admin or the store manager.</span></p>
<p><b>Note-</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This wait step can be skipped if you&#8217;ve already enabled</span></i><b><i> Enable Refund &amp; Exchange For Exchange Approved Order</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> toggle in the </span></i><b><i>General </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings tab or the </span></i><b><i>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the </span></i><b><i>Refund </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings tab.</span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-return-request-form.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24914 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-return-request-form.png" alt="order's product refund request form" width="431" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-return-request-form.png 431w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-return-request-form-300x294.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 431px) 100vw, 431px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">While placing the refund request, one need to set the  refund method likewise the two options displayed in the above screencast i.e. </span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>Refund Through Manual Method</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">Suppose, you select </span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then the refund amount would automatically be transferred into customer’s wallet. But, if he selects the </span><b>Refund Through Manual Method </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then a new field i.e. The Bank Details field would be displayed just below the refund method field in order for the customer to fill the bank details within.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="mwb-image-popup aligncenter wp-image-24916 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-refund-request-form.png" alt="rma manual refund" width="1370" height="718" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-refund-request-form.png 1370w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-refund-request-form-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-refund-request-form-1024x537.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-refund-request-form-768x402.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1370px) 100vw, 1370px" /></div>
<p><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to display the Bank Details field, One must enable the </span></i><b><i>Enable to Show Bank Details fields for Manual Refund</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option available in the </span></i><b><i>General </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings tab.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just, enter your bank details available in the field given and proceed further. In case you need an idea, refer to the screencast displayed below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24915 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request.png" alt="enable bank details" width="1371" height="715" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request.png 1371w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request-300x156.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request-1024x534.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/bank-details-manual-refund-request-768x401.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1371px) 100vw, 1371px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, the store admin receives the refund requested notification. He/She can simply navigate towards the </span><b>Order Listing</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> panel and select the order which is requested for refund. For more clarity refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23174 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area.png" alt="order listing area" width="1184" height="440" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area.png 1184w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area-300x111.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area-1024x381.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/29-general-settings-tab-order-listing-area-768x285.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1184px) 100vw, 1184px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the order for</span><b> Order Details</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and check for refund requests placed in order to </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or </span><b>Cancel </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the request and proceed further.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23175 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png" alt="show bank details field demo 4" width="1230" height="691" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png 1230w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4-300x169.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4-1024x575.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/30-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4-768x431.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1230px) 100vw, 1230px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store admin can review customer’s entered bank details in order to process their manual refund from here. But, before that admin needs to </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the refund request placed.</span><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">As they accept the request for refund, the refund amount related details are to be presented over likewise in the below screencast. You need to just hit the </span><b>Refund Amount</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button to set the product amount to be refunded in the customers account directly.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/31-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23176 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/31-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png" alt="(show bank details field demo 4" width="848" height="484" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/31-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4.png 848w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/31-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4-300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/31-general-settings-tab-show-bank-details-field-demo-4-768x438.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the refund you can refund the amount </span><b>Manually </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or by </span><b>Automated Payment Refund Feature</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Through this feature the admin can refund the amount with the same payment method that is used by the customer during the purchase.</span></p>
<p><strong>Enable Time-Based Policy</strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/time-based-policy-rma-pro.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-25645 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/time-based-policy-rma-pro.png" alt="time-based policy rma pro" width="679" height="173" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/time-based-policy-rma-pro.png 679w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/time-based-policy-rma-pro-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 679px) 100vw, 679px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admin can utilize this setting to set a specific time frame for all the refund, exchange, and cancellation requests. During this defined period, customers will have access to these respective request options on the website, while outside this timeframe, they will no longer be visible. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For example: if the admin sets the time frame to be 9 AM to 10 AM, then the customers will not see the refund, exchange, and cancellation options after this time frame, these buttons will disappear from the website.</span></p>
</div>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="enable-to-auto-accept-product-refund-request_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1024" id="enable-to-auto-accept-product-refund-request" data-section-id="1024"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.3.</span>WooCommerce Refund Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#enable-to-auto-accept-product-refund-request')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next tab to the general settings tab is the refund tab, this tab refers to the setup options that include a smooth refund process for your outstanding placed orders. The settings that refund tab include within are-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Select Pages To Hide Refund Button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can show/hide the refund button from the selected pages. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/33-refund-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23177 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/33-refund-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png" alt="select pages to hide btn" width="618" height="256" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/33-refund-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png 618w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/33-refund-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn-300x124.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 618px) 100vw, 618px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just you have to mention the pages in the text field available and make use of the setup feature.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable to show Manage Stock Button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can show/hide the manage stock button. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">All you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/34-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23178 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/34-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn.png" alt="show manage stock btn" width="585" height="121" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/34-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn.png 585w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/34-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the admin accepts the </span><b>Exchange </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">request then manage stock by clicking on the “</span><b>Manage Stock</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/35-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23179 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/35-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-demo.png" alt="show manage stock btn demo" width="863" height="672" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/35-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-demo.png 863w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/35-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-demo-300x234.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/35-refund-tab-show-manage-stock-btn-demo-768x598.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Attachment</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting option you can offer an attachment feature within your refund, exchange, and </span><b>Cancellation </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">form. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/36-refund-tab-enable-attachment.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23180 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/36-refund-tab-enable-attachment.png" alt="enable attachment" width="640" height="223" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/36-refund-tab-enable-attachment.png 640w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/36-refund-tab-enable-attachment-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Attachment Limit</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer the attachment-based limit when offering an attachment option within your refund, return, and exchange form. Simply mention the no. of attachments you can offer.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Note- When the Attachment limit on the frontend is reached, the Add More button for additional attachments disappears automatically.</span></i></p>
<p><strong><i>Frontend Demonstration of the setting-</i></strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23181 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png" alt="enable attachment demo" width="1399" height="1798" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png 1399w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo-233x300.png 233w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo-797x1024.png 797w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo-768x987.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/37-refund-tab-enable-attachment-demo-1195x1536.png 1195w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1399px) 100vw, 1399px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong> </strong></h3>
<h3><strong>Enable To Refund Shipping Charges<br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can get a refund for the shipping charges as well. If the admin can utilize this feature to win their customer&#8217;s trust in their WooCommerce store. But it is also important to note that this feature does not work with partial refunds, shipping charges are not refunded in those cases</span><br />
</strong></h3>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/image37.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-26096" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/image37.png" alt="enable refund for shipping charges setting " width="610" height="69" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/image37.png 557w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/image37-300x34.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 610px) 100vw, 610px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong><br />
Enable To Refund on Sales Item</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also offer a refund option over sale-based products, likewise enabling or disabling the setting option. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply turn the plugin feature on or off.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/38-refund-tab-enable-refund-on-sales-item.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23182 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/38-refund-tab-enable-refund-on-sales-item.png" alt="enable refund on sales item" width="407" height="98" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/38-refund-tab-enable-refund-on-sales-item.png 407w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/38-refund-tab-enable-refund-on-sales-item-300x72.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 407px) 100vw, 407px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also provide a refund/reimbursement possibility, while deducting your offered coupon amounts from the order’s requested for refund. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Yes, why give a full refund when your customers already had enjoyed the discount coupons? You don&#8217;t have to do much; all you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/39-refund-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-refund.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23183 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/39-refund-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-refund.png" alt="deduct coupon amt on refund" width="383" height="95" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/39-refund-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-refund.png 383w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/39-refund-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-refund-300x74.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 383px) 100vw, 383px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><strong><i>Setting Demonstration</i></strong><br />
Assume you have a pre-created coupon for your store, like seen below.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/coupon-for-your-store.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23375 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/coupon-for-your-store.png" alt="coupon for your store" width="463" height="180" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/coupon-for-your-store.png 463w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/coupon-for-your-store-300x117.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As a result, your customer places an order with a coupon, which is also displayed above. As a starting point, I&#8217;m using the discount shown above.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Following that, the screencast below showed an order placed with a discount using the above coupon. Take a look at it.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23376 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout.png" alt="checkout" width="1371" height="1378" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout.png 1371w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout-298x300.png 298w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout-1019x1024.png 1019w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout-150x150.png 150w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/checkout-768x772.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1371px) 100vw, 1371px" /></a></div>
</div>
<div></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If a customer wants to return a product and receive a refund, he or she must first submit a refund request, which is done by clicking the </span><b>Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button in the orders area, which takes them to the </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23377 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request.png" alt="refund request" width="1008" height="501" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request.png 1008w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-300x149.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-768x382.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1008px) 100vw, 1008px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully submitting the refund request, the order will appear in the orders area with a status indication, as shown in the screencast below.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-approved.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23378 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-approved.png" alt="refund request approved" width="1004" height="362" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-approved.png 1004w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-approved-300x108.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refund-request-approved-768x277.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1004px) 100vw, 1004px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When the merchant or business owner receives the refund request from the customer, he or she can process it in the backend for approval or cancellation.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may watch the screencast below to see the refund request made by the customer, which includes a coupon discount—</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23380 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details.png" alt="order details" width="1251" height="1146" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details.png 1251w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-300x275.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1024x938.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-768x704.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1251px) 100vw, 1251px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">When the merchant clicks the </span><b>Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button in the backend to process the refund amount, the </span><b>Deduct Coupon Amount During Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> setting on the </span><b>Refund </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">tab is activated. He or She will be allowed to deduct the coupon-based discount from the return amount manually.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The effect of this feature can be seen in the screencast below—</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23381 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1.png" alt="order details 1" width="1251" height="1313" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1.png 1251w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1-286x300.png 286w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1-976x1024.png 976w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/order-details-1-768x806.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1251px) 100vw, 1251px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Following that, the merchant is free to enter the refund amount and process the customer&#8217;s refund.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Take a look at the screencast below, which shows the coupon amount deducted from the refund amount processed.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23382 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1.png" alt="refnd request approved 1" width="906" height="1452" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1.png 906w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1-187x300.png 187w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1-639x1024.png 639w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/refnd-request-approved-1-768x1231.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 906px) 100vw, 906px" /></a></div>
<p><strong>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request</strong><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">You can offer an </span><b>Auto Accept Refund Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> feature within your plugin for refunds, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">All you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/41-refund-tab-auto-accept-refund-request.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23185 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/41-refund-tab-auto-accept-refund-request.png" alt="auto accept refund request" width="379" height="77" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/41-refund-tab-auto-accept-refund-request.png 379w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/41-refund-tab-auto-accept-refund-request-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 379px) 100vw, 379px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable To Block Customer Refund Request Mail</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply block the customer to send refund request mails, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/42-refund-tab-block-refund-request-mail.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23186 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/42-refund-tab-block-refund-request-mail.png" alt="block refund request mail" width="421" height="119" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/42-refund-tab-block-refund-request-mail.png 421w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/42-refund-tab-block-refund-request-mail-300x85.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 421px) 100vw, 421px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable To Auto Restock When Refund Request Accepted</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply </span><b>Enable To Auto Restock When Refund Request Accepted</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, likewise enabling or disabling this setting option. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just you have to toggle switch </span><b>ON/OFF</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the plugin feature.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/43-refund-tab-auto-restock-refund-req.-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23187 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/43-refund-tab-auto-restock-refund-req.-.png" alt="" width="390" height="112" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/43-refund-tab-auto-restock-refund-req.-.png 390w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/43-refund-tab-auto-restock-refund-req.--300x86.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 390px) 100vw, 390px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund Button Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your refund button text utilizing this setting. Just enter the text over to display as a caption within your refund button at the frontend.</span></p>
<p><b>For Example-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> If you have updated your refund button text to be-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/44-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23188 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/44-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-.png" alt="enable refund btn text" width="546" height="93" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/44-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-.png 546w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/44-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text--300x51.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, at frontend your refund button would look like-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23189 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo-.png" alt="enable refund btn text demo" width="1058" height="632" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo-.png 1058w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo--300x179.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo--1024x612.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/45-refund-tab-enable-refund-btn-text-demo--768x459.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1058px) 100vw, 1058px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Refund Reason Description</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your refund reason-based description text utilizing this setting. Just </span><b>ON/OFF</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> the toggle switch over to display as a description at the frontend.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/46-refund-tab-enable-refund-reason-description.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23190 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/46-refund-tab-enable-refund-reason-description.png" alt="enable refund reason description" width="463" height="105" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/46-refund-tab-enable-refund-reason-description.png 463w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/46-refund-tab-enable-refund-reason-description-300x68.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 463px) 100vw, 463px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Predefined Refund Reason</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply offer custom predefined refund reasons for your refund requesting customers utilizing this setting. Just enter the text over to display as predefined reasons for a refund at frontend.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just add your list of predefined refund reasons separated by commas and display over frontend likewise, for more clarity refer the screencast-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/47-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23191 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/47-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons.png" alt="predefined refund reasons" width="985" height="151" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/47-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons.png 985w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/47-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-300x46.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/47-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-768x118.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 985px) 100vw, 985px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, the frontend visual would be like-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/48-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23192 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/48-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-demo.png" alt="predefined refund reasons demo" width="989" height="809" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/48-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-demo.png 989w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/48-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-demo-300x245.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/48-refund-tab-predefined-refund-reasons-demo-768x628.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 989px) 100vw, 989px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Your customer can conveniently choose one reason from the given list and proceed further.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Refund Rules</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can also enable/disable the refund rules displayed at the frontend utilizing this setting option available at the backend. Just toggle the switch </span><b>ON/OFF</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to display the refund rules appropriately.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For that, just toggle On the </span><b>Enable Refund Rules </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button and add your defined refund regulations in the Refund Rules Editor given below. Refer the screencast for better understanding-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23193 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules.png" alt="refund rules" width="1636" height="479" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules.png 1636w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules-300x88.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules-1024x300.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules-768x225.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/49-refund-tab-refund-rules-1536x450.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1636px) 100vw, 1636px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund Rules Editor</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers easy and seamless integration of refund rules editor i.e. ckeditor in the backend. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund rules mentioned in the editor would easily be displayed over frontend, for clarity refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23194 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo.png" alt="refundguidelines demo" width="1133" height="882" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo.png 1133w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo-300x234.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo-1024x797.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/50-refund-tab-refundguidelines-demo-768x598.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1133px) 100vw, 1133px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Reason for Refund Placeholder</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A placeholder can be added to this section of the settings to write refund reasons. The term &#8220;placeholder&#8221; refers to the set of words that appear in an input column or area before the user begins typing their data.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/51-refund-tab-refund-reason-placeholder.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23195 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/51-refund-tab-refund-reason-placeholder.png" alt="refund reason placeholder" width="596" height="108" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/51-refund-tab-refund-reason-placeholder.png 596w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/51-refund-tab-refund-reason-placeholder-300x54.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, the refund placeholder can be anything you want it to be in order to give your consumers an idea of what they need to fill in there.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Refund Request Form Shipping Fee Description</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You want to add shipping description within your refund request form, don’t worry just utilize this setting and easily add description to your shippings.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/52-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23196 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/52-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc.png" alt="refund req form shipping desc" width="570" height="144" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/52-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc.png 570w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/52-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-300x76.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 570px) 100vw, 570px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to update your shipping fee description can be added if you want to inform your customer about any important update in your shipping fee. For instance refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23197 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo.png" alt="refund req form shipping desc demo" width="1038" height="818" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo.png 1038w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo-300x236.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo-1024x807.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/53-refund-tab-refund-req-form-shipping-desc-demo-768x605.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1038px) 100vw, 1038px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Refund Note On Product Page</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this setting to enable refund note over product page with all ease, just you have to toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the option to enable the feature.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/54-refund-tab-enable-refund-note.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23198 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/54-refund-tab-enable-refund-note.png" alt="enable refund note" width="588" height="214" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/54-refund-tab-enable-refund-note.png 588w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/54-refund-tab-enable-refund-note-300x109.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 588px) 100vw, 588px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund Note on Product Page</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Corresponding to the above setting option the refund note text on the product page can be entered utilizing this option.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For better understanding about the refund note, you can refer the screencast displaying custom refund note on the product page itself- </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23206 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo.png" alt="enable exchange note demo" width="752" height="457" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo.png 752w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund Form Wrapper Class</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The refund form based wrapper class can be entered here utilizing the setting for the product page.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23201 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1.png" alt="refund wrapper class and custom css" width="1038" height="373" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1.png 1038w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1-300x108.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1-1024x368.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/55-refund-tab-refund-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-1-768x276.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1038px) 100vw, 1038px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Refund Form Custom CSS</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Custom CSS for your refund form can be entered here utilizing the setting option. Just add your custom CSS class here referring to the section.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are-</span></p>
<h3><strong>To Configure Refund Request Email Click Here.</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, refund-request email based setting you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your refund request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23202 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email-.png" alt="refund req. email " width="1661" height="988" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email-.png 1661w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email--300x178.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email--1024x609.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email--768x457.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/56-refund-tab-refund-req.-email--1536x914.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1661px) 100vw, 1661px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the </span><b>View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>To Configure Refund Request Accept Email Click Here.</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similar to the refund request email configuration, you can also configure the refund-request accept email based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For better understanding of the setup options and the page, refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23203 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email-.png" alt="refund req. accept email " width="1657" height="971" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email-.png 1657w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email--300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email--1024x600.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email--768x450.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/57-refund-tab-refund-req.-accept-email--1536x900.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1657px) 100vw, 1657px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of accept email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the</span><b> View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>To Configure Refund Request Cancel Email Click Here.</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, refund-request cancel email based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your cancel refund request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23204 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email-.png" alt="refund req. cancel email" width="1664" height="951" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email-.png 1664w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email--300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email--1024x585.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email--768x439.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/58-refund-tab-refund-req.-cancel-email--1536x878.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1664px) 100vw, 1664px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
</ul>
<p><b></b><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the </span><b>View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="refund-note-on-product-page_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1026" id="refund-note-on-product-page" data-section-id="1026"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.4.</span>Exchange Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#refund-note-on-product-page')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next tab is the exchange tab available in order to set up exchange product related settings. This tab includes different setup options along-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Select Pages to Hide exchange Button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You may easily hide your exchange button from the pages of your website by using the configuration option. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/59-exchange-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23207 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/59-exchange-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn-.png" alt="select pages to hide button" width="580" height="266" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/59-exchange-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn-.png 580w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/59-exchange-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn--300x138.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 580px) 100vw, 580px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">All you have to do now is specify the page names and you&#8217;re ready to go.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Exchange Request with same products or its variations</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting, If you want to allow your customer to exchange the product only with the same product or its variations.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/60-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-and-variations-.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23208 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/60-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-and-variations-.png" alt="enable exchange with same products and variations" width="452" height="122" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/60-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-and-variations-.png 452w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/60-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-and-variations--300x81.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a clearer understanding, kindly refer the demonstrative example below-</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refer to the screencast that displays an exchange request form. This form consists of an exchange option product list. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/product-exchange-form-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24917" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/product-exchange-form-1.png" alt="exchange request form" width="347" height="468" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/product-exchange-form-1.png 347w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/product-exchange-form-1-222x300.png 222w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 347px) 100vw, 347px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What customers need to do is to just choose one similar or variable product utilizing the</span><b> Choose Product</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button given and set that as a replacement for their actual product.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable to Manage stock button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting if you want to automatically manage stock when any exchange request is accepted. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/62-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23210 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/62-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn.png" alt="enable manage stock button" width="585" height="119" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/62-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn.png 585w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/62-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-300x61.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange request, the admin can manage stock by clicking on the “</span><b>Manage Stock</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/63-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23211 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/63-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-demo.png" alt="enable manage stock btn demo" width="863" height="677" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/63-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-demo.png 863w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/63-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-demo-300x235.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/63-exchange-tab-enable-manage-stock-btn-demo-768x602.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 863px) 100vw, 863px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Attachment</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting for the customers to send the attachment with the refund request. they can attach .png, .jpg, .jpeg type files.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/64-exchange-tab-enable-attachment.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23212 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/64-exchange-tab-enable-attachment.png" alt="enable attachment" width="640" height="224" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/64-exchange-tab-enable-attachment.png 640w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/64-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-300x105.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 640px) 100vw, 640px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is simply an ON/OFF toggle switch that enables attachment settings.</span></p>
<h4><strong>Attachment Limit</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can set the number of attachments that a customer can send along with the exchange request form. By default, this number is set to 15.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Note- When the Attachment limit on the frontend is reached, the Add More button for additional attachments disappears automatically.</span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/65-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23213 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/65-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png" alt="enable attachment demo" width="900" height="227" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/65-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-demo.png 900w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/65-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-demo-300x76.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/65-exchange-tab-enable-attachment-demo-768x194.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 900px) 100vw, 900px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable to Exchange on Sales Item</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, the administrator can enable the exchange feature for the sale items. Just toggle ON the switch to start offering refunds on your sale items.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/66-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-on-sales-item.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23214 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/66-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-on-sales-item.png" alt="enable exchange on sales item" width="368" height="95" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/66-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-on-sales-item.png 368w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/66-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-on-sales-item-300x77.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 368px) 100vw, 368px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Deduct Coupon amount during Exchange</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting to deduct coupon amount from the exchange amount at the time of exchange Request.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/67-exchange-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-exchange.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23215 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/67-exchange-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-exchange.png" alt="deduct coupon amt on exchange" width="402" height="105" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/67-exchange-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-exchange.png 402w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/67-exchange-tab-deduct-coupon-amt-on-exchange-300x78.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable to block customer exchange request mail</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting when they want customers to not receive any exchange-related mails. This setting option disables the reply email from the customers and offers only one-way reply communication.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/68-exchange-tab-block-customer-exchange-mail.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23216 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/68-exchange-tab-block-customer-exchange-mail.png" alt="block customer exchange mail" width="378" height="114" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/68-exchange-tab-block-customer-exchange-mail.png 378w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/68-exchange-tab-block-customer-exchange-mail-300x90.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 378px) 100vw, 378px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable to auto restock when Exchange Request accepted</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can enable this setting to automatically manage the stock of the exchanged products. The product returned from the customers in exchange for some other product will be automatically added to the stock saving effort and time of the seller.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/69-exchange-tab-auto-restock-when-exchange-accepted.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23217 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/69-exchange-tab-auto-restock-when-exchange-accepted.png" alt="auto restock when exchange accepted" width="391" height="109" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/69-exchange-tab-auto-restock-when-exchange-accepted.png 391w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/69-exchange-tab-auto-restock-when-exchange-accepted-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 391px) 100vw, 391px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Show add to cart button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this setting, if you want to show the “</span><b>Add To Car</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">t” button at the time the exchange session is started. “</span><b>Add To Car</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">t” button will display with the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/70-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23218 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/70-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn.png" alt="show add to cart btn" width="374" height="105" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/70-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn.png 374w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/70-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-300x84.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 374px) 100vw, 374px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For clearer understanding and demonstration, you can refer to the screencast belowthat displays the “</span><b>Add To Cart &#8221; button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and will display with the “</span><b>Exchange Button &#8221; along</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> with the shop page.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/71-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23219 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/71-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-demo.png" alt="show add to cart btn demo" width="827" height="485" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/71-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-demo.png 827w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/71-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-demo-300x176.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/71-exchange-tab-show-add-to-cart-btn-demo-768x450.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 827px) 100vw, 827px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange Button Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your exchange button text and update whatever you like to add. Just enter the text over to display as a caption within your exchange button at the frontend.</span></p>
<p><b>For Example-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> If you have updated your exchange button text to be-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/72-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23220 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/72-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text.png" alt="exchange btn text" width="557" height="102" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/72-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text.png 557w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/72-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-300x55.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 557px) 100vw, 557px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Then, at frontend your refund button would look like-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23221 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo.png" alt="exchange btn text demo" width="1083" height="542" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo.png 1083w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo-300x150.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo-1024x512.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/73-exchange-tab-exchange-btn-text-demo-768x384.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1083px) 100vw, 1083px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Exchange Reason Description</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this option to enable the exchange reason description field. For that you just require to toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the setup option.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/74-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23222 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/74-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons.png" alt="exchange reason desc and predefined reasons" width="1011" height="264" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/74-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons.png 1011w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/74-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-300x78.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/74-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-768x201.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1011px) 100vw, 1011px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Predefined Exchange Reason</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can add/remove predefined exchange reasons which may be the reason for the User. You can easily utilize this field to add multiple custom exchange reasons separated by commas (,) in the text field given here.</span></p>
<p><strong><i>Frontend Demonstration of the setting.…</i></strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/75-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23223 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/75-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-demo.png" alt="exchange reason desc and predefined reasons demo" width="982" height="817" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/75-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-demo.png 982w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/75-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-demo-300x250.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/75-exchange-tab-exchange-reason-desc-and-predefined-reasons-demo-768x639.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 982px) 100vw, 982px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Exchange Rules</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of rules for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this </span><b>Rules Editor</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. For that you just need to toggle switch </span><b>ON </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">this option to enable the feature.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23224 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor.png" alt="enable exchange rules and rules editor" width="1639" height="493" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor.png 1639w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor-300x90.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor-1024x308.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor-768x231.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/76-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-rules-and-rules-editor-1536x462.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1639px) 100vw, 1639px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange Rules Editor</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of rules for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this </span><b>Rules Editor</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Reason of Exchange Place holder</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can add a list of reasons for the exchange of the product in the exchange request form using this Rules Editor.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/77-exchange-tab-exchange-placeholder.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23225 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/77-exchange-tab-exchange-placeholder.png" alt="exchange placeholder" width="585" height="109" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/77-exchange-tab-exchange-placeholder.png 585w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/77-exchange-tab-exchange-placeholder-300x56.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange Request form Shipping Fee Description</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see the Extra Shipping Fee notification on the  Exchange Request Form.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/78-exchange-tab-exchange-shipping-fee-desc.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23226 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/78-exchange-tab-exchange-shipping-fee-desc.png" alt="exchange shipping fee desc" width="586" height="121" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/78-exchange-tab-exchange-shipping-fee-desc.png 586w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/78-exchange-tab-exchange-shipping-fee-desc-300x62.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 586px) 100vw, 586px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Exchange Note on Product Page</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want to show any information related to Exchange requests, Enable the “</span><b>Exchange Note on Product Page</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” setting and enter the message. This setting is applicable only for the “</span><b>Sale</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” products.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/79-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23227 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/79-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note.png" alt="enable exchange note" width="585" height="212" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/79-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note.png 585w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/79-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-300x109.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 585px) 100vw, 585px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The notification will be displayed on the product page.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23228 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo-1.png" alt="enable exchange note demo" width="752" height="457" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo-1.png 752w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/80-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-note-demo-1-300x182.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 752px) 100vw, 752px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange With Same Product Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting option allows the merchant to exchange the product with the same product and its text customization.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/81-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-or-variations.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23229 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/81-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-or-variations.png" alt="enable exchange with same products or variations" width="452" height="122" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/81-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-or-variations.png 452w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/81-exchange-tab-enable-exchange-with-same-products-or-variations-300x81.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 452px) 100vw, 452px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange Form wrapper Class</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting admin can Write Main Wrapper Class &amp; Child Wrapper Class of Theme if add some design on the frontend.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/82-exchange-tab-exchange-wrapper-class-or-custom-css.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23230 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/82-exchange-tab-exchange-wrapper-class-or-custom-css.png" alt="exchange wrapper class or custom css" width="990" height="370" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/82-exchange-tab-exchange-wrapper-class-or-custom-css.png 990w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/82-exchange-tab-exchange-wrapper-class-or-custom-css-300x112.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/82-exchange-tab-exchange-wrapper-class-or-custom-css-768x287.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 990px) 100vw, 990px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Exchange Form Custom CSS</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can change the physical properties of the exchange form using the custom CSS.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup links are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are-</span></p>
<h3><strong>To Configure  Exchange Request Email Click Here</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, exchange -request email based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your exchange -request based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23231 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email.png" alt="exchange request email" width="1565" height="933" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email.png 1565w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email-300x179.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email-1024x610.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email-768x458.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/83-exchange-tab-exchange-request-email-1536x916.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1565px) 100vw, 1565px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the </span><b>View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3><strong>To Configure Exchange Request Accept Mail Click Here</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, exchange-request accept email based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Similar to the exchange-request accept configuration, you can also configure the exchange-request accept email based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For better understanding of the setup options and the page, refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23232 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email.png" alt="exchange request accept email" width="1603" height="983" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email.png 1603w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email-300x184.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email-1024x628.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email-768x471.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email-1536x942.png 1536w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/84-exchange-tab-exchange-request-accept-email-620x380.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1603px) 100vw, 1603px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of exchange-request accept email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the</span><b> View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><strong>To Configure Exchange Request Cancel Email Click Here</strong></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, exchange-request cancel email based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your exchange-request cancel based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23233 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email.png" alt="exchange request cancel email" width="1594" height="922" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email.png 1594w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email-300x174.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email-1024x592.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email-768x444.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/85-exchange-tab-exchange-request-cancel-email-1536x888.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1594px) 100vw, 1594px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of exchange-request cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the </span><b>View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="minimum-order-amount-for-refund-request_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1027" id="minimum-order-amount-for-refund-request" data-section-id="1027"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.</span>Cancel Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#minimum-order-amount-for-refund-request')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The next tab is the exchange tab available in order to set up exchange product related settings. This tab includes different setup options along-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Cancel Order’s Product</strong></h3>
<h3><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you want your customer to cancel their products after purchasing, then enable the Cancel Order setting.</span></h3>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/86-cancel-tab-enable-cancel-order-product.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23234 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/86-cancel-tab-enable-cancel-order-product.png" alt="enable cancel order product" width="420" height="80" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/86-cancel-tab-enable-cancel-order-product.png 420w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/86-cancel-tab-enable-cancel-order-product-300x57.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 420px) 100vw, 420px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, the customer can send the Cancel Order request by clicking on the “</span><b>Cancel Orde</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">r”. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting, the admin can allow the customer to cancel only the selected products instead of the whole order. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">All you have to do is toggle the plugin feature ON/OFF.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Select pages To Hide Cancel Button</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting, the admin can allow the customer to cancel only the selected products over the selected pages of your website instead of the whole order. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/87-cancel-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23235 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/87-cancel-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png" alt="select pages to hide btn" width="541" height="245" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/87-cancel-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn.png 541w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/87-cancel-tab-select-pages-to-hide-btn-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 541px) 100vw, 541px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Cancel Order Button Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your cancel order button text and update whatever you like to add.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/88-cancel-tab-order-btn-text.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="mwb-image-popup aligncenter wp-image-23236 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/88-cancel-tab-order-btn-text.png" alt="order btn text" width="583" height="98" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/88-cancel-tab-order-btn-text.png 583w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/88-cancel-tab-order-btn-text-300x50.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 583px) 100vw, 583px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to get an idea of the frontend demonstration of this setup option, kindly refer to the screencast attached below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/89-cancel-tab-btn-text-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23237 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/89-cancel-tab-btn-text-demo.png" alt="btn text demo" width="998" height="609" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/89-cancel-tab-btn-text-demo.png 998w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/89-cancel-tab-btn-text-demo-300x183.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/89-cancel-tab-btn-text-demo-768x469.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 998px) 100vw, 998px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Cancel Product Button Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting you can easily update your canceled product button text and update whatever you like to add.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/90-cancel-tab-product-btn-text.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23239 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/90-cancel-tab-product-btn-text.png" alt="product btn text" width="595" height="114" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/90-cancel-tab-product-btn-text.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/90-cancel-tab-product-btn-text-300x57.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Cancel Form wrapper Class</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the setting admin can Write Main Wrapper Class &amp; Child Wrapper Class of Theme if add some design on the frontend.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/91-cancel-tab-cancel-wrapper-class-and-custom-css.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23240 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/91-cancel-tab-cancel-wrapper-class-and-custom-css.png" alt="cancel wrapper class and custom css" width="1010" height="374" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/91-cancel-tab-cancel-wrapper-class-and-custom-css.png 1010w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/91-cancel-tab-cancel-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-300x111.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/91-cancel-tab-cancel-wrapper-class-and-custom-css-768x284.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1010px) 100vw, 1010px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Cancel Form Custom CSS</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The merchant can change the physical properties of the exchange form using the custom CSS.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup link are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, they are-</span></p>
<h3><strong>To Configure Cancel Related Email Click Here</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, cancel email based settings you can refer to the link given here.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your cancel based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23241 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email.png" alt="cancel notification email" width="1353" height="706" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email.png 1353w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email-300x157.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email-1024x534.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/92-cancel-tab-cancel-notification-email-768x401.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1353px) 100vw, 1353px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the </span><b>View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<h3>Cancel</h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with a exchange request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP-1</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Click on the ‘</span><b>Cancel Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">‘ button.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23285 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1.png" alt="cancel request process" width="1042" height="571" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1.png 1042w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1-300x164.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1-1024x561.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/132-cancel-request-process-1-768x421.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1042px) 100vw, 1042px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A Cancel Request Form will display, where users can select those products which they want to remove from the order or cancel the whole order.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23286 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2.png" alt="cancel request process" width="861" height="1165" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2.png 861w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2-222x300.png 222w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2-757x1024.png 757w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/133-cancel-request-process-2-768x1039.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 861px) 100vw, 861px" /></a></div>
<p><b>STEP-2 </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on the “</span><b>Cancel Product</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” to remove the selected product from the order.</span></p>
<p><b>Note-</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can see all the requests from WooCommerce</span></i><b><i> -&gt; </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Orders. To review the detailed information of any order by clicking on that particular order.</span></i></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admin can verify all the details of the claimed order and also accept and cancel requests by clicking on the particular Accept/Cancel request buttons on the order edit page.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As of now, you have an idea of the process flow. Then, let’s continue with our further tab settings.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="process-workflow_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3607" id="process-workflow" data-section-id="3607"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.1.</span>Process Workflow Demonstration for Refund, Exchange and Cancel Requests Utilizing the Plugin Features <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#process-workflow')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><b>Refund </b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with a refund request for your order placed, one can simply follow the stepwise process defined below-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP-1 </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Clicking on the </span><b>Refund Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/93-refund-request-process-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23242 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/93-refund-request-process-1.png" alt="refund request process 1" width="1003" height="608" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/93-refund-request-process-1.png 1003w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/93-refund-request-process-1-300x182.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/93-refund-request-process-1-768x466.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1003px) 100vw, 1003px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">A </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will display. After filling out this form users can send the refund request to the admin.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/94-refund-request-process-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23243 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/94-refund-request-process-2.png" alt="refund request process 2" width="840" height="963" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/94-refund-request-process-2.png 840w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/94-refund-request-process-2-262x300.png 262w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/94-refund-request-process-2-768x880.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 840px) 100vw, 840px" /></a></div>
<p><b>STEP-2</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After clicking on the </span><b>Submit Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the </span><b>Refund Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be transmitted to the Admin.</span></p>
<p><b>Note- </b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Requests would be automatically accepted if you’ve enabled the </span></i><b><i>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the </span></i><b><i>General Settings</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab.</span></i></p>
<p><strong><i>Notification Email for the Refund Requests</i></strong></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/95-refund-request-process-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23244 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/95-refund-request-process-3.png" alt=" refund request process 3" width="595" height="932" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/95-refund-request-process-3.png 595w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/95-refund-request-process-3-192x300.png 192w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 595px) 100vw, 595px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/96-refund-request-process-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23245 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/96-refund-request-process-4.png" alt=" refund request process 4" width="600" height="847" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/96-refund-request-process-4.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/96-refund-request-process-4-213x300.png 213w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Exchange</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">To get started with an exchange request, you need to understand one thing very clearly i.e. the exchange cases. Yes, heard that right, our exchange process in the plugin follow 3 simple exchange cases. Let me detail you with them here-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-imge-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23246 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1.png" alt="rma exchange process" width="1186" height="652" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1.png 1186w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1-300x165.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1-1024x563.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/97-exchange-request-process-1-768x422.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1186px) 100vw, 1186px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Exchange Case 1: Exchange Product with Same product of Same Price.</b><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically the customer places an exchange request for a product that is similar. Such requests are basically placed in order to resolve size issues or damaged product received like concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>STEP-1</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An </span><b>Exchange Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be displayed.  </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23247 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1374" height="666" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1.png 1374w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1-300x145.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1-1024x496.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/98-exchange-request-process-case-1.1-768x372.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1374px) 100vw, 1374px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be as your next exchange product. For that, just click on the </span><b>Choose Products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and start.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23248 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1341" height="677" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2.png 1341w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2-300x151.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2-1024x517.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/99-exchange-request-process-case-1.2-768x388.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1341px) 100vw, 1341px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As you can see clearly in the above screencast, the customer has selected the same product for exchange that is of the same price also. Then, the exchange request placed would have no balance amount in it, therefore the new order created with reference to the request would be of $0.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23249 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1340" height="695" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3.png 1340w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3-300x156.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3-1024x531.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/100-exchange-request-process-case-1.3-768x398.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1340px) 100vw, 1340px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the subject for your refund and description too if required along with some product screenshots, if you have some with you. After that hit on the Submit Request button to proceed with the exchange request.</span></p>
<p><b>STEP-2</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After successfully submitting the refund and exchange request, the customer will receive the refund requested email.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/101-exchange-request-process-case-1.4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23250 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/101-exchange-request-process-case-1.4.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="600" height="1160" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/101-exchange-request-process-case-1.4.png 600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/101-exchange-request-process-case-1.4-155x300.png 155w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/101-exchange-request-process-case-1.4-530x1024.png 530w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 600px) 100vw, 600px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23251 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1408" height="437" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5-300x93.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5-1024x318.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/102-exchange-request-process-case-1.5-768x238.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1408px) 100vw, 1408px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate— </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23252 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1262" height="735" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6.png 1262w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6-300x175.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6-1024x596.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/103-exchange-request-process-case-1.6-768x447.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1262px) 100vw, 1262px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">he/she would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23253 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1250" height="602" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7.png 1250w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-300x144.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1024x493.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-768x370.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-23254" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1250" height="602" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1.png 1250w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1-300x144.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1-1024x493.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/104-exchange-request-process-case-1.7-1-768x370.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And an exchange approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/105-exchange-request-process-case-1.8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23255 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/105-exchange-request-process-case-1.8.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="596" height="1164" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/105-exchange-request-process-case-1.8.png 596w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/105-exchange-request-process-case-1.8-154x300.png 154w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/105-exchange-request-process-case-1.8-524x1024.png 524w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Exchange Case 2: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of Less Price.</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically the customer places an exchange request for a product which is totally varied  that too costs less than the actual product. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Such requests are basically placed when a customer placed an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>Step-1 </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An </span><b>Exchange Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be displayed.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23256 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1276" height="589" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1.png 1276w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1-300x138.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1-1024x473.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/106-exchange-request-process-case-2.1-768x355.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1276px) 100vw, 1276px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be as your next exchange product. For that, just click on the </span><b>Choose Products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and start.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23257 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2.png" alt=" exchange request process case" width="1275" height="675" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2-300x159.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2-1024x542.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/107-exchange-request-process-case-2.2-768x407.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1275px) 100vw, 1275px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The above screenshot displays the product display section where, customer has selected one product and set it for exchange.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can clearly see in the below screencast that—- the customer has selected a product that is varied from the actual one that too is of less price than the actual product set for exchange. therefore , creates a scenario of extra amount refund back to the customer.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23258 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1280" height="741" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3.png 1280w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3-300x174.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3-1024x593.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/108-exchange-request-process-case-2.3-768x445.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1280px) 100vw, 1280px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here, you can see two different </span><b>Refund Method</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> fields displayed in the exchange form just below the </span><b>Remaining Amount</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> note. What you have to do is to select one out of the two methods in order to process your remaining amount refund.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’re presenting demonstrations for both the options here. Let’s say the customer selects for </span><b>Refund in the Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> option and hits </span><b>Send Request </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">then.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter size-full wp-image-23259" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1275" height="733" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4.png 1275w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4-300x172.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4-1024x589.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/109-exchange-request-process-case-2.4-768x442.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1275px) 100vw, 1275px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Step-2</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> As soon as the exchange request is placed the store admin receives an exchange requested email in reference to that. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23262 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1408" height="437" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1-300x93.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1-1024x318.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/110-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1-768x238.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1408px) 100vw, 1408px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the store admin finds the exchange reason to be appropriate— for which exchange is requested by the customer and checks the order details. He/she would thereby accept the exchange requested and proceed with the exchange.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23263 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1264" height="675" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5.png 1264w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-300x160.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-1024x547.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/111-exchange-request-process-case-2.5-768x410.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1264px) 100vw, 1264px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the exchange, a new order would be created automatically for the exchange requested.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23264 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1272" height="394" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6.png 1272w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6-300x93.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6-1024x317.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/112-exchange-request-process-case-2.6-768x238.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1272px) 100vw, 1272px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">And an exchange approved request email is sent over to the customer with a new order link. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23265 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1266" height="678" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7.png 1266w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7-300x161.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7-1024x548.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/113-exchange-request-process-case-2.7-768x411.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1266px) 100vw, 1266px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After the exchange is processed from the admin end, the refund is directly transferred in the customer’s wallet.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let’s discuss the case with </span><b>Manual Refund</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> too.</span></p>
<p><b>Step-3</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> After successfully placing a refund request for a certain product, the customer can wait till the request gets acceptance from the store admin or the store manager.</span></p>
<p><b>Note-</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">This wait step can be skipped if you&#8217;ve already enabled</span></i><b><i> Enable Refund &amp; Exchange For Exchange Approved Order</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> toggle in the </span></i><b><i>General </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings tab or the </span></i><b><i>Enable Auto Accept Refund Request</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> in the </span></i><b><i>Refund </i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">settings tab.</span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23266 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1281" height="746" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8.png 1281w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8-300x175.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8-1024x596.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/114-exchange-request-process-case-2.8-768x447.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1281px) 100vw, 1281px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">While placing the refund request, one need to set the  refund method likewise the two options displayed in the above screencast i.e. </span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>Refund Through Manual Method</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Suppose, you select </span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then the refund amount would automatically be transferred into customer’s wallet. But, if he selects the </span><b>Refund Through Manual Method </b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> then a new field i.e. The </span><b>Bank Details</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> field would be displayed just below the refund method field in order for the customer to fill the bank details within.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23267 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1302" height="692" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9.png 1302w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9-300x159.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9-1024x544.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/115-exchange-request-process-case-2.9-768x408.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1302px) 100vw, 1302px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just, enter your bank details available in the field given and proceed further.  Now, the store admin receives the refund requested notification email.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">He/She can simply navigate towards the </span><b>Order Listing</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> panel and select the order which is requested for refund. For more clarity refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23268 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1408" height="437" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10.png 1408w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10-300x93.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10-1024x318.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/116-exchange-request-process-case-2.10-768x238.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1408px) 100vw, 1408px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Select the order for </span><b>Order Details</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and check for refund requests placed in order to </span><b>Accept or Cancel </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">the request and proceed further.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23269 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1230" height="691" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11.png 1230w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11-300x169.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11-1024x575.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/117-exchange-request-process-case-2.11-768x431.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1230px) 100vw, 1230px" /></a></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/118-exchange-request-process-case-2.12.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="wp-image-23270 size-full aligncenter" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/118-exchange-request-process-case-2.12.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="851" height="657" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/118-exchange-request-process-case-2.12.png 851w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/118-exchange-request-process-case-2.12-300x232.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/118-exchange-request-process-case-2.12-768x593.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 851px) 100vw, 851px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If it seems convincing, they can simply hit </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to accept the refund requested or do the vice-versa to cancel the request.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they accept the request for refund, the refund amount related details are to be presented over likewise in the below screencast. You need to just hit the </span><b>Refund Amount</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button to set the product amount to be refunded in the customers account directly.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/119-exchange-request-process-case-2.13.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23271 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/119-exchange-request-process-case-2.13.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="848" height="485" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/119-exchange-request-process-case-2.13.png 848w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/119-exchange-request-process-case-2.13-300x172.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/119-exchange-request-process-case-2.13-768x439.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 848px) 100vw, 848px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After accepting the refund you can refund the amount </span><b>Manually </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">or by </span><b>Automated Payment Refund Feature</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Through this feature the admin can refund the amount with the same payment method that is used by the customer during the purchase.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here’s the refund accepted email request notification email that is to be sent by the store admin to the consumer in order to notify.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23272 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="596" height="1164" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png 596w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-154x300.png 154w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-524x1024.png 524w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Exchange Case 3: Exchange Product with Same or Varied Product of More Price.</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this exchange scenario basically the customer places an exchange request for a product which is totally varied from the original product that too costs more than the actual product. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Such requests are basically placed when a customer placed an order by mistake or when the customer is not interested in buying that particular product at that time like concerns. Let’s start with that-</span></p>
<p><b>Step-1 </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">After clicking on the “</span><b>Exchange Button</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” for an order. An </span><b>Exchange Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> will be displayed.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23273 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1.png" alt=" exchange request process case" width="1278" height="639" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1.png 1278w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1-300x150.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1-1024x512.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/121-exchange-request-process-case-3.1-768x384.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1278px) 100vw, 1278px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just fill out the form by selecting the product that you want to be as your next exchange product. For that, just click on the </span><b>Choose Products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and start.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23274 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1404" height="677" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2.png 1404w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2-300x145.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2-1024x494.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/122-exchange-request-process-case-3.2-768x370.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1404px) 100vw, 1404px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the above screencast, you can clearly see that the customer has selected the product which costs more than the actual product set for the exchange by value. Therefore, it creates a clear case of product exchange with an extra amount. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23275 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1277" height="698" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3-300x164.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3-1024x560.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/123-exchange-request-process-case-3.3-768x420.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1277px) 100vw, 1277px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, as per the rules this exchange can only be possible if the customer agrees on paying the extra difference amount for that order. For reference refer the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23276 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1277" height="685" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4.png 1277w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-300x161.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1024x549.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/124-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-768x412.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1277px) 100vw, 1277px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Step-2</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> Complete the exchange request form and process the exchange request by hitting the </span><b>Submit Request</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as the request is submitted the store admin would receive an exchange request email regarding.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23277 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="596" height="1164" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1.png 596w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1-154x300.png 154w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/120-exchange-request-process-case-3.4-1-524x1024.png 524w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Store Admin can now select orders among— for which exchange is requested by the customer and check the order details.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-product" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23279 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1250" height="676" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6.png 1250w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6-300x162.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6-1024x554.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/126-exchange-request-process-case-3.6-768x415.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1250px) 100vw, 1250px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If it seems convincing, they can simply hit </span><b>Accept </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">to accept the refund requested or do the vice-versa to cancel the request.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23280 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1256" height="526" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7.png 1256w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7-300x126.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7-1024x429.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/127-exchange-request-process-case-3.7-768x322.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1256px) 100vw, 1256px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they accept the request, a new order is generated that displays the extra amount to be paid along with the exchange product details likewise the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23281 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1243" height="668" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8.png 1243w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8-300x161.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8-1024x550.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/128-exchange-request-process-case-3.8-768x413.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1243px) 100vw, 1243px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Step-3</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> As the exchange request is accepted, the customer receives an exchange request accept email that displays the information along with the link to pay the extra difference amount within. </span></p>
<p><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can utilize the link to pay the difference amount or shall proceed with the other way described below.</span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/129-exchange-request-process-case-3.9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23282 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/129-exchange-request-process-case-3.9.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="596" height="1173" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/129-exchange-request-process-case-3.9.png 596w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/129-exchange-request-process-case-3.9-152x300.png 152w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/129-exchange-request-process-case-3.9-520x1024.png 520w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 596px) 100vw, 596px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Customers can also refer to their </span><b>Orders </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">section time to time in order to process their exchange request further by paying the extra difference amount utilizing the </span><b>Pay Now</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button displayed in the order manage controls.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23283 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1403" height="613" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10.png 1403w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10-300x131.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10-1024x447.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/130-exchange-request-process-case-3.10-768x336.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1403px) 100vw, 1403px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As they process the payment successfully the order i.e. exchange is placed and scheduled. You can refer to the below screencast to understand how the exchange status is modified.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23284 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11.png" alt="exchange request process case" width="1365" height="552" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11.png 1365w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11-300x121.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11-1024x414.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/131-exchange-request-process-case-3.11-768x311.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1365px) 100vw, 1365px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="refund-request_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1011" id="refund-request" data-section-id="1011"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.6.</span>RMA Policies Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#refund-request')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is an outstanding setup tab available in order to set up the predefined set of rules for the refund request based. In other words, the merchant or the store owner can set up the number of protocols based on the rules followed by if/else cases under the setting to be carried over as the refund policies.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For more clarity in the process refer the tab screencast attached below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23287 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1.png" alt="rma policies tab" width="1342" height="880" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1.png 1342w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1-300x197.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1-1024x671.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/134-rma-policies-tab-1-768x504.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1342px) 100vw, 1342px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting options allows merchant or store owners to create custom taxonomies for their main processes likewise-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/135-rma-policies-tab-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23288 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/135-rma-policies-tab-2.png" alt="rma policies tab" width="137" height="67" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Simply choose one of the three alternatives and begin creating your own RMA-based refund, exchange, or cancellation policy, picking for the case scenario offered, i.e. In case: If.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In the screencast below, you&#8217;ll see the case scenario, followed by a variety of options.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/136-rma-policies-tab-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="mwb-image-popup aligncenter wp-image-23289 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/136-rma-policies-tab-3.png" alt=" rma policies tab" width="216" height="163" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can select any of the alternatives and continue with the policy configuration. Let me explain what each option means and why it was chosen.</span></p>
<ol>
<li><b>Maximum Day</b></li>
</ol>
<p>Merchants can use this option to specify the number of days associated with their process policy. It&#8217;s as simple as stating the amount of days.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/137-rma-policies-tab-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23290 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/137-rma-policies-tab-4.png" alt=" rma policies tab " width="224" height="130" /></a></div>
<p><b>     2. Order Status</b></p>
<p>This option is quite important, as it is followed by roughly 12+ status parameters that create different order processing statuses (see details below).</p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Completed</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the completion of an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Processing</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the order isn’t completed i.e. under process.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund Approved</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the refund approval related to an order that is requested for refund.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund Canceled</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of refund related to an order that is requested for refund.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/138-rma-policies-tab-5.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23291 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/138-rma-policies-tab-5.png" alt="rma policies tab" width="239" height="338" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/138-rma-policies-tab-5.png 239w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/138-rma-policies-tab-5-212x300.png 212w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 239px) 100vw, 239px" /></a></div>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Canceled</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refunded</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the refund completion status of an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Failed</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defined failure of an order due to any circumstantial issue.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Exchange Requested</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the request initiation placement of exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Exchange Approved</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the approval of exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Exchange Canceled</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the cancellation of exchange related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund Requested</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211;  This status defines the request initiation placement of refund related to an order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Pending Payment</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the pending payment status of an order placed.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">On Hold</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This status defines the process on halt or on hold due to any circumstantial issue or concern.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><b>   3. Tax Handling</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option can be used to develop tax-related regulations that can aid in the refund, exchange, or cancellation of an order. There are two more sub-options in this option—</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Include Tax</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This option defines inclusion of tax in that policy or order.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Exclude Tax</span></i><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; This option defines exclusion of tax in that policy or order.</span></li>
</ul>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/139-rma-policies-tab-6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23292 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/139-rma-policies-tab-6.png" alt="rma policies tab" width="202" height="46" /></a></div>
<p><b>Minimum Order</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The minimum number of orders that can be placed is defined by this parameter. Yes, you can use this option to set up as many orders as your store can dispatch.</span></p>
<p><b>Exclude Categories</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As the name implies, this choice entailed the policy&#8217;s exclusion of product-based categories. Simply type the name of the product category in the box, and that category will be automatically excluded.</span></p>
<p><b>Exclude Products</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option, like the one before it, involves the exclusion of products from a policy. Simply type the product&#8217;s name into the box, and those items will be automatically excluded.</span></p>
<p><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">For Instance, let me assist you with the RMA Policy for each process i.e. Refund, Exchange &amp; Cancel-</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this, we have created a policy for RMA Exchange that denotes— Exchange can only be performed if the maximum number of days for an order is less than 4.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23293 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7.png" alt=" rma policies tab" width="1269" height="79" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7.png 1269w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7-300x19.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7-1024x64.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/140-rma-policies-tab-7-768x48.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1269px) 100vw, 1269px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is the scenario, where we have created a policy for RMA Refund that denotes— Refund can be possible only if tax is included along with the refund amount processed.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23294 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8.png" alt=" rma policies tab" width="1267" height="82" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8.png 1267w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8-300x19.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8-1024x66.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/141-rma-policies-tab-8-768x50.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1267px) 100vw, 1267px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Likewise, the above two scenarios consist of a RMA Cancellation policy that denotes— exclusion of defined categories based products for cancellation.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23295 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9.png" alt=" rma policies tab" width="1263" height="96" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9.png 1263w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9-300x23.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9-1024x78.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/142-rma-policies-tab-9-768x58.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1263px) 100vw, 1263px" /></a></div>
<div></div>
<div>4. Product-wise Refund and Exchange Functionality: This WooCommerce RMA plugin’s feature enables the merchants to update the number of days for each return and exchange for each product.</div>
<div></div>
<div>
<p>For example, you’re a merchant and you want to implement a 15-days refund and say a 10-days exchange functionality on T-shirts, but just a 5-day refund and 1-day exchange functionality on all the hoodies. You can do this by this new feature. To enable this, the merchants can navigate to the product page &gt;&gt; click on the “edit product”. Scroll down on the page, under the general tab, you’ll see two new settings called “Refund days” and “Exchange days”. From here the merchant can set the exact number of days for specific products.</p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Screenshot_5-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24922 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Screenshot_5-1.png" alt="Product wise refund and exchange functionality" width="823" height="366" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Screenshot_5-1.png 823w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Screenshot_5-1-300x133.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/10/Screenshot_5-1-768x342.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></a></p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="order-message-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3579" id="order-message-tab" data-section-id="3579"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.7.</span>Order Message Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#order-message-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The very next tab to the </span><b>RMA Policies</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab is the </span><b>Order Messages</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> tab. This tab is minimal in the setting options available but ranks first among the features it offers. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing the features of the tab, store owners can conveniently set up the messaging or the direct dialogue-based text exchange between the customer and the merchant itself. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This tab includes setup options like—</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/143-order-message-tab-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23296 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/143-order-message-tab-1.png" alt="order message tab" width="402" height="85" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/143-order-message-tab-1.png 402w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/143-order-message-tab-1-300x63.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 402px) 100vw, 402px" /></a></div>
<p><strong>Enable Attachment</strong><br />
<span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a toggle setting that offers store owners or merchants to gEnable/Disable the toggle switch to allow your customers for the image files attachment field in their refund order messages.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/144-order-message-tab-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23297 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/144-order-message-tab-2.png" alt="order message tab" width="393" height="75" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/144-order-message-tab-2.png 393w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/144-order-message-tab-2-300x57.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 393px) 100vw, 393px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable to Block email</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The administrator can enable this setting when they want customers to not receive any exchange-related mails.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/145-order-message-tab-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23298 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/145-order-message-tab-3.png" alt=" order message tab " width="556" height="119" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/145-order-message-tab-3.png 556w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/145-order-message-tab-3-300x64.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 556px) 100vw, 556px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Order Message Button Text</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can simply customize your order message button text utilizing this setting. Just enter the text over to display as a caption within your order message button at the frontend.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Other than these setting options, some other setup link are available beneath the setup page referring to the email setup, that is-</span></p>
<h3><strong>To Configure Order Message Email Click Here</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In order to configure, refund-request cancel order email based settings you can refer to the link given here and proceed with the settings part.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23299 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4.png" alt="order message tab" width="876" height="1980" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4.png 876w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4-133x300.png 133w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4-453x1024.png 453w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4-768x1736.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/146-order-message-tab-4-680x1536.png 680w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 876px) 100vw, 876px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of cancel email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<p><b>Email Notifications</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">It contains a list of multiple email notifications that are useful for your WooCommerce store processing. You can enable or disable any of the notification emails that seem feasible for you.</span></p>
<p><b>Email Sender Options</b></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>From “name” </b>This is a text field that defines— how a sender name would appear in an outgoing WooCommerce email from your store. It is predefined here as the store admin name, still if you require you can update that as per your ease.</li>
</ul>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>From “address” </b>This is also a text field that requires—-how a sender email would appear in an outgoing WooCommerce email from your store. It is predefined here as the store admin’s email, still if you require you can update that as per your ease.</li>
</ul>
<p><b>Email Template</b></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Header Image-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This is an attribute field that requires a URL to an image as an input of an image that you want to show in the email header. Remember, upload images using the media uploader (Admin &gt; Media).</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Footer Text- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a text field that requires input of text that you want to appear in the footer of all WooCommerce emails. Remember, all available placeholders: {site_title} {site_url} are utilized in this field.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Base Color- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This field requires input of the base color for WooCommerce email templates. By default the color given is— #96588a</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Background Color- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is also a color field that requires to be inputted for WooCommerce email templates. By default the background color given would be—  #f7f7f7.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Body Background Color- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This field requires input of the main body background color. By default, the given color would be— #ffffff.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Body Text Color- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This field requires input of the main body text color. By default the color given would be— #3c3c3c.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><b>Enable Email Insights- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this option, if you want to receive email notifications with additional guidance to complete the basic store setup and helpful insights.</span></li>
</ul>
<div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="wallet-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3580" id="wallet-tab" data-section-id="3580"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.8.</span>Wallet Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#wallet-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enable this </span><b>Wallet Settings </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">tab if you want to add your customers&#8217; refunded amount directly to their wallet. For this you need to first enable the </span><b>Enable Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> toggle in the </span><b>General Settings tab</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and then perform the latter setting here in this tab to make the wallet refund process in action.</span></p>
<p><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’re delighted to inform you that our </span></i><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wallet-system-for-woocommerce/"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce Wallet System Free.</span></i></a><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span></i><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/wallet-system-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-wallet-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=wallet-pro"><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Wallet System for WooCommerce PRO</span></i></a><i><span style="font-weight: 400;"> are all compatible with the plugin. So, instead of implying any other wallet system to your store, you can try your hands on it too.</span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23300 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1.png" alt="wallet tab" width="1134" height="116" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1.png 1134w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1-300x31.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1-1024x105.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/147-wallet-tab-1-768x79.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1134px) 100vw, 1134px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After enabling this setting, the refunded amount will be automatically added to the customer&#8217;s wallet. </span></p>
<p><b>Note</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">&#8211; </span><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">Once the wallet amount is migrated to the “</span></i><b><i>WooCommerce Wallet Syste</i></b><i><span style="font-weight: 400;">m” plugin, then it can’t be reversed. </span></i></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/148-wallet-tab-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23301 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/148-wallet-tab-2.png" alt="wallet tab" width="368" height="115" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/148-wallet-tab-2.png 368w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/148-wallet-tab-2-300x94.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 368px) 100vw, 368px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enabling this setting if the Admin wants to allow the customer to select the refund method. There are two types of refund methods-</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund in Customer Wallet</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refund Through Manual Method</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the customer selects the refund method is </span><b>Refund Through Manual Method </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">then Admin refunds the amount through the manual process.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23302 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3.png" alt="wallet tab " width="849" height="1191" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3.png 849w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3-214x300.png 214w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3-730x1024.png 730w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/149-wallet-tab-3-768x1077.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 849px) 100vw, 849px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here the admin enters the refund amount and clicks on the “</span><b>Refund Manually</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/150-wallet-tab-4.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23303 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/150-wallet-tab-4.png" alt=" wallet tab " width="852" height="462" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/150-wallet-tab-4.png 852w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/150-wallet-tab-4-300x163.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/150-wallet-tab-4-768x416.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 852px) 100vw, 852px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If the customer selects the refund method as “</span><b>Refund in Customer Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” then the refunded amount automatically adds to the customer wallet after approving the refund request.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/151-wallet-tab-5.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23304 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/151-wallet-tab-5.png" alt="wallet tab" width="823" height="414" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/151-wallet-tab-5.png 823w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/151-wallet-tab-5-300x151.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/151-wallet-tab-5-768x386.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 823px) 100vw, 823px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Apart from that, you can also enable your </span><b>Cancel Order Amount to Wallet</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> based setup option available in this tab. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/152-wallet-tab-6.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23305 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/152-wallet-tab-6.png" alt="wallet tab" width="335" height="93" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/152-wallet-tab-6.png 335w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/152-wallet-tab-6-300x83.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 335px) 100vw, 335px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This option offers seamless refund of all canceled and paid orders to your customer’s wallet directly.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/153-wallet-tab-7.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23306 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/153-wallet-tab-7.png" alt="wallet tab " width="553" height="250" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/153-wallet-tab-7.png 553w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/153-wallet-tab-7-300x136.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 553px) 100vw, 553px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refer to the screenshot above, you can get an idea of the </span><b>Wallet Coupon Prefix </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Wallet Shortcode </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">based setup options available. You can either utilize the predefined ones or can modify them as per your ease, in order to generate wallet based coupon codes for your customers.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="global-shipping-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3581" id="global-shipping-tab" data-section-id="3581"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.9.</span>Global Shipping Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#global-shipping-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Through this setting, you can add an extra shipping amount to the refund/exchange requests. You can add the shipping amount by two different methods.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Global shipping</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is used to enable the </span><b>Global Shipping</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for your shipping services offered. To enable this setting you have to enable.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">As soon as you enable the global shipping button, there opens up an option in form form of a button i.e. </span><b>ADD FEE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> with two field options along with</span><b> Fee Name </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Fee Cost</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Here, you can get an idea of what I’m referring to utilizing the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/154-global-shipping-tab-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23307 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/154-global-shipping-tab-1.png" alt=" global shipping tab" width="728" height="408" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/154-global-shipping-tab-1.png 728w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/154-global-shipping-tab-1-300x168.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 728px) 100vw, 728px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can conveniently create as much as a global shipping based fee utilizing the </span><b>ADD FEE</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button and </span><b>SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to continue with, else can utilize the </span><b>Remove </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">button to discard that particular fee.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For Instance, you can refer to the screencast below to get an idea of global shipping cost addition.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/155-global-shipping-tab-2.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23308 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/155-global-shipping-tab-2.png" alt=" global shipping tab" width="676" height="323" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/155-global-shipping-tab-2.png 676w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/155-global-shipping-tab-2-300x143.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 676px) 100vw, 676px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable Product Category Based Shipping</strong></h3>
<h3><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is used to enable shipping based on the product category. Utilizing this setup option you can see the </span><b>Extra Shipping Fee</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> notification on the </span><b>Refund Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><b>Exchange Request Form</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></h3>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/156-global-shipping-tab-3.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23309 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/156-global-shipping-tab-3.png" alt="global shipping tab" width="479" height="208" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/156-global-shipping-tab-3.png 479w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/156-global-shipping-tab-3-300x130.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">What you have to do is to just </span><b>Enable Product Category Based Shipping</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, that button thereby opens up with a new field </span><b>Select Product Categories</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> into which you need to select the list of categories into which you want to add global shipping and hit </span><b>SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to continue with. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="integration-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3582" id="integration-tab" data-section-id="3582"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.10.</span>Integration Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#integration-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><div>
<div>
<div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This plugin provides integration with top shipping channels such as ShipEngine and ShipStation that offers a multi-carrier solution to all eCommerce retailers. You can select any of the shipping providers that can help you fulfill your business requirements. To activate the functionalities of a multi-carrier provider follow the listed steps-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24379 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting.png" alt="integration setting" width="1593" height="791" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting.png 1593w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting-300x149.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting-1024x508.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting-768x381.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/integration-setting-1536x763.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1593px) 100vw, 1593px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting tab consists of two setup further tabs, likewise— first Go to the </span><b>WooCommerce  &gt; RMA Setting &gt; ReturnShip Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> sub tab.</span></p>
<h3><strong><i>RETURNSHIP LABEL</i></strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup tab option offers enable, if you want to generate the return shipping label through </span><b>ShipEngine</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. It includes further setup options like-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable Shipping Label</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilizing this setup option you can conveniently enable your product’s shipping labels based on their refund or return requests. Enable this to send a return slip label to the customer for sending the returned product back. Just you have to toggle switch </span><b>ON</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> your setup option and enable the feature.</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable ShipEngine Shipping Label</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Do you want to generate your Ship Engine Shipping label?? If yes, please utilize this setup option and generate your ship engine labels with ease. Enable utilizing the toggle switch and create a return ship label through the ship engine platform.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/157-integration-tab-returnship-label.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23310 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/157-integration-tab-returnship-label.png" alt="returnship label" width="579" height="494" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/157-integration-tab-returnship-label.png 579w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/157-integration-tab-returnship-label-300x256.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 579px) 100vw, 579px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Enable ShipStation Shipping Label</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Do you want to generate your ShipStation Shipping label?? If yes, please utilize this setup option and generate your ship station  labels with ease. Just, enable this and create a return ship label through the ship station platform.</span></p>
<h3><strong>To Configure Returnship Related Email Click Here.</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Want to configure your returnship related email, just refer to the link given here and make use of the settings available there.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can access the link given in order to configure your RMA returnship email based on that email. As you access the link given you’ll be automatically redirected to the page, displayed here in the screencast below-</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23311 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail.png" alt="mail" width="1503" height="943" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail.png 1503w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail-300x188.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail-1024x642.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/158-integration-tab-mail-768x482.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1503px) 100vw, 1503px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This page consists of RMA returnship email configuration settings including the shortcodes to be displayed on the top that serves the purpose fully. The settings here include-</span></p>
<ul>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Enable/Disable- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This is a checkbox enable setting that is required to serve the notification enabling and disabling feature in check.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Subject-</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> This setting requires the mail subject based input.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Heading- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The email heading is to be inputted here to continue.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Custom email- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">The mail body or the mail description text need to be updated here in this block.</span></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>Email type- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to define the email type here</span><b>.</b></li>
<li aria-level="1"><b>HTML Template- </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">This offers the link to the original template based email copy, if the merchant wants to edit the theme file directly. Either you can refer to the template through the link or hit the</span><b> View Template</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that, navigate to the </span><b>WooCommerce  &gt; RMA Setting &gt; Ship Integration </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">sub tab.</span></p>
<h3><strong><i>SHIP INTEGRATION</i></strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup tab option offers enable, if you want to generate the return shipping label through ShipEngine. It includes further setup options like-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Ship Engine Configuration</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers seamless ship engine configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected </span><b>ShipEngine </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>API Key</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on the</span><b> Validate Account</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/159-integration-tab-ship-integration.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23312 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/159-integration-tab-ship-integration.png" alt="ship integration" width="546" height="346" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/159-integration-tab-ship-integration.png 546w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/159-integration-tab-ship-integration-300x190.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 546px) 100vw, 546px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Ship Station Configuration</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers seamless ship station configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected ShipStation as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>API Key + Secret Key</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on the Validate Account button.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/160-integration-tab-shipstation-integration.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23313 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/160-integration-tab-shipstation-integration.png" alt="shipstation integration" width="479" height="333" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/160-integration-tab-shipstation-integration.png 479w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/160-integration-tab-shipstation-integration-300x209.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 479px) 100vw, 479px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Note-</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to validate your account if you want to use the functionalities of these shipping channels and let them integrate with your plugin and store successfully.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully performing the above steps, you can see the </span><b>Account Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> on your dashboard. Here, you can connect your eCommerce store with the required </span><b>Carrier Services</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After that, just fill in your </span><b>Ship Integration</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> details for the shipping channel you’ve selected and click on the </span><b>Save Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button &amp; start generating the return shipping label.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/161-integration-tab-ship-integration-details.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23314 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/161-integration-tab-ship-integration-details.png" alt="ship integration details" width="548" height="871" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/161-integration-tab-ship-integration-details.png 548w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/161-integration-tab-ship-integration-details-189x300.png 189w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 548px) 100vw, 548px" /></a></div>
<p><b>Workflow: </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">Remember, whenever your customer transmits a refund request, you can create a return label for your customer by clicking on the “</span><b>Create Return Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">” button.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/162-integration-tab-demo.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23315 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/162-integration-tab-demo.png" alt="integration tab demo" width="867" height="705" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/162-integration-tab-demo.png 867w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/162-integration-tab-demo-300x244.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/162-integration-tab-demo-768x624.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 867px) 100vw, 867px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully accepting the refund request, click on the ‘</span><b>Create Return Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">’ button to generate a </span><b>Refund Label Slip</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for your customer.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can see the notification from the left sidebar on successfully created Return Label slip. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23316 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1.png" alt=" integration tab demo" width="1195" height="1437" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1.png 1195w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1-249x300.png 249w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1-852x1024.png 852w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/163-integration-tab-demo-1-768x924.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1195px) 100vw, 1195px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;"> </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">After successfully generating a </span><b>Return Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, the customer will get a mail with the </span><b>ShipEngine Return Ship Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> link. By clicking on that link they can get the </span><b>Return Ship Label</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23317 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail.png" alt=" integration tab mail" width="1029" height="423" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail.png 1029w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail-300x123.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail-1024x421.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/164-integration-tab-mail-768x316.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1029px) 100vw, 1029px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Here you can see the </span><b>Sample Return Ship Label PDF</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Using this slip your customer can take the benefits of </span><b>Carrier Services</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> to return the product.</span></p>
</div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/36-rma-pro-ship-label-sample.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-22998 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/36-rma-pro-ship-label-sample.png" alt=" rma pro ship label sample" width="499" height="709" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/36-rma-pro-ship-label-sample.png 499w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/36-rma-pro-ship-label-sample-211x300.png 211w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 499px) 100vw, 499px" /></a></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="shiprocket-integration_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3817" id="shiprocket-integration" data-section-id="3817"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.11.</span>Shiprocket Integration <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#shiprocket-integration')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h4><strong>ShipRocket Configuration</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers seamless ship engine configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected </span><b>ShipRocket </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>API Key</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and click on the</span><b> Validate Account</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button.</span></p>
<p><b>Note-</b> <i><span style="font-weight: 400;">You need to enter your product-based details clearly likewise- height, weight, dimensions, etc. if you want to use the functionalities of ship rocket shipping channel and let them integrate with your plugin and store successfully.</span></i></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For a clearer understanding of this setup option, kindly refer to this screencast below—</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/shiprocket-setup.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24382 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/shiprocket-setup.png" alt="Ship Rocket Configuration" width="689" height="422" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/shiprocket-setup.png 689w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/shiprocket-setup-300x184.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/shiprocket-setup-620x380.png 620w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 689px) 100vw, 689px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have no idea where to fetch the Api Details For Shiprocket, then just simply </span><a href="https://app.shiprocket.in/api-user"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click Here</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and refer to the Shiprocket Dashboard.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just after to that, in order to </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">setup channel options for seamless shiprocket configuration for merchants. If you’ve selected </span><b>ShipRocket </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">as your shipping channel, then you need to enter your </span><b>Shiprocket Channel Id</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">, and your </span><b>Shiprocket Channel Name.</b></p>
</div>
<div></div>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/other-setup.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24384 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/other-setup.png" alt="other setup" width="756" height="229" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/other-setup.png 756w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/other-setup-300x91.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 756px) 100vw, 756px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If you have no idea where to fetch the Channel Details For Shiprocket, then just simply </span><a href="https://app.shiprocket.in/seller/channels"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click Here</span></a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> for your Shiprocket Dashboard.</span></p>
<h4><strong>Ship Rocket Warehouse Address</strong></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section requires you to add your warehouse address details that would help you out in an easy shipping process via ship rocket.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">For fields and details, kindly refer to the below screenshot—</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/warehouse-setup-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-24385 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/warehouse-setup-1.png" alt="warehouse setup" width="566" height="889" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/warehouse-setup-1.png 566w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/warehouse-setup-1-191x300.png 191w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 566px) 100vw, 566px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Just enter the warehouse details here in the fields given and hit Save to continue.</span></p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="api-setting-tab_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3583" id="api-setting-tab" data-section-id="3583"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">4.5.12.</span>API Setting Tab <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#api-setting-tab')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Last tab of the plugin setup area is </span><b>API Settings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. This tab&#8217;s sole purpose lies in the API setup for the plugin smooth integration over 3rd party sites. Our bespoke WooCommerce plugin offers easy and seamless integration of the plugin’s API into their shop. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The plugin not only acts as a link between the third-party API and the online store, but it also cuts down on the time it takes to complete each procedure. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">For that minimal setting options are to be available here, that includes-</span></p>
<h3><strong>Enable API</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This denotes the API enable toggle switch that thereby turns ON or OFF the API setting for the plugin. APi settings thereby refers to an outstanding feature for the plugin i.e. you can utilize these settings to enable your plugin.</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/166-api-integration-tab.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23318 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/166-api-integration-tab.png" alt=" api integration tab" width="577" height="419" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/166-api-integration-tab.png 577w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/166-api-integration-tab-300x218.png 300w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 577px) 100vw, 577px" /></a></div>
<h3><strong>Secret Key</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setup option offers to save as well as generate your secret key for integration. Store owners can easily generate their integration secret key utilizing the </span><b>GENERATE KEY</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button available and store that using the  </span><b>SAVE SETTINGS</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> button thereafter.</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">That&#8217;s all for the initial setting options for the RMA plugin. For further clarity, there&#8217;s only one way through i.e. downloading and installing on your own website. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="sms-notification_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4108" id="sms-notification" data-section-id="4108"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.</span>SMS Notification <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#sms-notification')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 300;">With the implementation of this feature, the merchants and the customers can take advantage of staying upto. The merchants will be notified if any customer makes refund and exchange requests. Similarly, the customers will be notified when the refund and exchange request is accepted. </span></p>
<p><em><span style="font-weight: 300;"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Settings Of This Feature,</span></span></em></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/SMS-Notification.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-26199 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/SMS-Notification.png" alt="SMS Notification " width="707" height="1373" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/SMS-Notification.png 707w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/SMS-Notification-154x300.png 154w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/SMS-Notification-527x1024.png 527w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 707px) 100vw, 707px" /></a></div>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="connection_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4109" id="connection" data-section-id="4109"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.1.</span>Connection <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#connection')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h4><b>Enable To Use SMS Notification For Refund And Exchange</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admins can enable this setting to kickstart the feature of the SMS notification for refund and exchange. </span></p>
<h4><b>Account SID</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Admins can insert the account “security identifier” or the Account SID. You will find all the relevant credentials by clicking the mentioned link, this link will redirect you to “Twilio’s” website. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Navigate to API Keys &gt; Credentials Token.</span></p>
<h4><b>Account Authentication Token</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Utilize this field to enter the mentioned credentials on Twilio’s website. </span></p>
<h4><b>Account Twilio Number</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The admin has to “buy” a Twilio’s number for this feature to work efficiently. Just click on the mentioned link to do so.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="settings-30_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4110" id="settings-30" data-section-id="4110"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">5.2.</span>Settings <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#settings-30')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><h4><b>Enable To </b><b>Receive</b><b> SMS Notification For Refund And Exchange From Customer</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can enable this feature to receive messages when a customer makes a request for refund and exchange </span></p>
<h4><b>Enter Phone Number To Receive SMS As A Site Owner</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Enter the phone number on which, you’ll like to receive the message f</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">rom the customers. </span></p>
<h4><b>Enable To Send SMS Notification For Refund And Exchange For Customer</b></h4>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Merchants can enable this feature for allowing the customers to receive messages when their refund and exchange requests are processed. </span></p>
<p>&nbsp;</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="alignnone wp-image-26203 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers.jpg" alt="sms notification for customers" width="1041" height="359" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers.jpg 1041w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers-300x103.jpg 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers-1024x353.jpg 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/05/sms-notification-for-customers-768x265.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1041px) 100vw, 1041px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The customers can use the above-mentioned field in the mentioned formatt, to receive the messages. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="rma-report_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3999" id="rma-report" data-section-id="3999"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.</span>RMA Report  <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#rma-report')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This setting enables the admins to have insight into the returns, refunds, exchanges, and cancellations across the website. The analytics section will cover the complete overview of return &amp; exchange activities that take place on your website. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">There are sub-sections to this setting.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="report-2_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4000" id="report-2" data-section-id="4000"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.1.</span>Report <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#report-2')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">In this section, the admin can have a holistic view which will include the Order ID, Request Type, Request Status, Order Status, and Request Date in the report section. It also provides the admins to set the date range, that they can use to get accurate results. There is a separate section for “searching by ORDER ID” Here the admins can put in the order ID of certain items to get the exact insight. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-25548 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1.png" alt="rma-report-feature" width="1200" height="685" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1.png 1200w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1-300x171.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1-1024x585.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-feature-1-768x438.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1200px) 100vw, 1200px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The request statuses will be of three kinds &#8211; Complete, Pending, and Cancel. Further, the admin can click on the “ORDER ID” of each item to get redirected to the section from where you can cancel or complete the request. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="analytics_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-4001" id="analytics" data-section-id="4001"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">6.2.</span>Analytics <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#analytics')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This section is further divided into 4 sub-sections,</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The first fold contains the </span><b>total number of returns, exchanges, the top returned products, and the top exchange products</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-25666 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1.png" alt="rma-" width="1657" height="2442" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1.png 1657w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1-204x300.png 204w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1-695x1024.png 695w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1-768x1132.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1-1042x1536.png 1042w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/09/rma-report-1-1390x2048.png 1390w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1657px) 100vw, 1657px" /></a></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The second fold contains the </span><b>Category and Product Relationship of Return, Exchange, and Cancellation</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. This data is represented through a bar graph format. This bar graph is divided into different categories on the x-axis. When you hover over the particular data, you will be in a position to see the exact number of returns,  exchanges, or cancellations for that particular category. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="multivendor-marketplace-extension-offered_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3670" id="multivendor-marketplace-extension-offered" data-section-id="3670"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">7.</span>Multivendor Marketplace Extension Offered <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#multivendor-marketplace-extension-offered')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Are you a WooCommerce store owner, who wishes to gear up your services or expand your reach in the market with multivendor store???</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">If yes, do not hesitate or think twice about the expansion, we’ll make sure everything goes on smoothly. WP Swings has one outstanding marketplace extension onboarded within their store i.e. </span><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/?utm_source=wpswings-wcfm-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=wcfm-pro">RMA WCFM for WooCommerce</a>.</p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/image.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-23856 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/image.png" alt="wcfm multivendor marketplace" width="800" height="259" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/image.png 800w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/image-300x97.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/image-768x249.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 800px) 100vw, 800px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The purpose of designing this solution is to make it easier for suppliers on an online marketplace like Amazon to process refund and exchange requests with all ease. The notable features of this plugin include—</span></p>
<ul>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Offers consumers with the alternative to return products for a refund or exchange.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Amounts reimbursed can be credited into customers&#8217; eWallets.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Everyone is informed at every stage thanks to the automated mail system.</span></li>
<li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1"><span style="font-weight: 400;">Refunds and exchanges always had an easy-to-use interface, which promotes customer confidence and entices them back to the online marketplace.</span></li>
</ul>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">So, what are you waiting for…just transform your WooCommerce store to Multivendor one with </span><b>RMA WCFM for WooCommerce </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">today. The product </span><a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/?utm_source=wcfm-pro-doc&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=documentation">documentation</a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> explains everything well in detail or you can schedule a </span><a href="https://demo.wpswings.com/rma-wcfm-for-woocommerce/?utm_source=wpswings-wcfm-demo&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=live-demo">personal demonstration</a><span style="font-weight: 400;"> of the product too.</span></p>
</div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="compatible-plugins-3_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3547" id="compatible-plugins-3" data-section-id="3547"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">8.</span>Plugin Compatibilities <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#compatible-plugins-3')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We have now made the </span><b>Return, Refund &amp; Exchange For WooCommerce PRO</b><span style="font-weight: 400;"> plugin completely interoperable with a variety of excellent plugins. All of these plugins that offer compatibility would add a sense of ease to your return, refund, and exchange order process carried out via plugin features. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Let&#8217;s get into the specifics of the plugin that define its purpose-</span></p>
<h3><strong>1. Compatibility with Ultimate WooCommerce Gift Cards</strong></h3>
<p>The RMA Management plugin is compatible with the <strong style="font-size: 16px;"><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/woo-gift-cards-lite/">WooCommerce Gift Cards</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><strong style="font-size: 16px;"><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/gift-cards-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-gc-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=gc-pro">Gift Cards For WooCommerce Pro</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Store admin can now provide refund functionality on gift cards to its users.</span><span style="font-weight: 400;">But for the practical implementation users are required to fulfill two conditions i.e. the expiration period of the gift card shouldn’t be achieved and its usability should be equal to zero. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">The refund request for gift cards can be successfully initiated only if these conditions are satisfied by the user’s end.</span></p>
<h3><strong>2. Compatibility with WooCommerce Wallet System</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">This RMA Management plugin is compatible with the </span><strong><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wallet-system-for-woocommerce/">WooCommerce Wallet System Free.</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><strong><a href="https://wpswings.com/product/wallet-system-for-woocommerce-pro/?utm_source=wpswings-wallet-pro&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=wallet-pro">Wallet System for WooCommerce PRO</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong>.</strong> It allows the admin to easily manage all the wallet functionality to one dedicated wallet system.</span></p>
<h3><strong>3. Compatible with Sequential Order Numbers for WooCommerce</strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">The RMA WooCommerce plugin is fully compatible with </span><strong><a href="https://www.skyverge.com/product/woocommerce-sequential-order-numbers-pro/">WooCommerce Sequential Order Numbers Pro</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by </span><b>SkyVerse </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><strong><a href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/wt-woocommerce-sequential-order-numbers/">Sequential Order Numbers for WooCommerce</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> by </span><b>WebToffee</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">You can quickly format the order numbers in your WooCommerce store thanks to this compatibility. The WooCommerce sequential order number plugins lets you format your old and new WooCommerce order numbers into a sequential or linear sequence. You don&#8217;t have to skip values when formatting your order numbers; you can use WT-01000-UK, WT-01001-UK, etc (such as 15, 37, etc).</span></p>
<h3><strong>4. Compatibility with Bookings For WooCommerce </strong></h3>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">WooCommerce refund plugin is now compatible with </span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a style="color: #3366ff;" href="https://wordpress.org/plugins/mwb-bookings-for-woocommerce/">Bookings for WooCommerce</a></span></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and </span><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;"><a style="color: #3366ff;" href="https://wpswings.com/product/bookings-for-woocommerce-pro/">Bookings for WooCommerce Pro</a></span></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"><strong><span style="color: #3366ff;">.</span> </strong>The admins can enable the customers to utilize the RMA refund form for booking products as well. This makes the overall refund process convenient for both the merchants and customers. </span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="wpml-compatibility_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-2230" id="wpml-compatibility" data-section-id="2230"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">9.</span>WPML Compatibility <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#wpml-compatibility')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><b>WordPress Multilingual i.e. WPML </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">plugin in order to facilitate easy translations and localization within the plugin. </span><span style="font-weight: 400;">It allows the admin to translate the word strings to all the languages that are supported by the WPML. </span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Yes, you can now effectively translate your plugin-based strings into the language of your choice. To begin the translation process, simply extract all of your plugin-based strings and then follow the steps below:</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Click on </span><b>WPML &gt; Themes </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">and </span><b>Plugins Localization &gt; Strings in the Plugin &gt; WooCommerce RMA | Return-Refund-Exchange</b></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Checkbox the plugin name and click on “</span><b>scan selected plugin for strings</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">”. The WPML extracts all the strings from that plugin. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15417 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting.png" alt="wpml" width="1600" height="900" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting.png 1600w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting-300x169.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting-1024x576.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting-768x432.png 768w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/wpml-setting-1536x864.png 1536w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1600px) 100vw, 1600px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">From language switcher options, add the preserve URL arguments as order_id. </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15418 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting.png" alt="order id" width="1132" height="404" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting.png 1132w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting-300x107.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting-1024x365.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/order-id-setting-768x274.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1132px) 100vw, 1132px" /></a></div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">After this, click on the (+) plus sign to translate that string for the chosen language&#8230;</span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3.jpg"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15419 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3.jpg" alt="language" width="1192" height="217" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3.jpg 1192w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3-300x55.jpg 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3-1024x186.jpg 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/screen-3-768x140.jpg 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1192px) 100vw, 1192px" /></a></div>
<div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Write the translated version of that string.  </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15420 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language.png" alt="language change" width="1166" height="412" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language.png 1166w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language-300x106.png 300w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language-1024x362.png 1024w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/change-language-768x271.png 768w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 1166px) 100vw, 1166px" /></a></div>
</div>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Now, if the customer opts for Hindi from the option, they see the translated version of the</span><b> string</b><span style="font-weight: 400;">. Similar to this, the admin can translate all the strings (supported by WPML) and engage multilingual buyers.  </span></p>
<div class="mwb-docs-product-images"><a class="mwb-image-popup" href="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/translated-rma.png"><img loading="lazy" decoding="async" class="aligncenter wp-image-15421 size-full" src="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/translated-rma.png" alt="rma translation" width="534" height="556" srcset="https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/translated-rma.png 534w, https://docs.wpswings.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/translated-rma-288x300.png 288w" sizes="auto, (max-width: 534px) 100vw, 534px" /></a></div>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="feedback-and-suggestions-17_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3533" id="feedback-and-suggestions-17" data-section-id="3533"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">10.</span>Feedback and Suggestions <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#feedback-and-suggestions-17')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p><span style="font-weight: 400;">Don’t see a feature in the </span><b>RMA Return Refund &amp; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro </b><span style="font-weight: 400;">plugin that you think would be useful?</span></p>
<p><span style="font-weight: 400;">We’d love to hear it— Reach out to our </span><strong><a href="https://wpswings.com/submit-query/?utm_source=wpswings-submit-query&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=submit-query">Support Query</a></strong><span style="font-weight: 400;"> and we’ll consider adding it in a future release.</span></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="faqs-18_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-1487" id="faqs-18" data-section-id="1487"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">11.</span>FAQs <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#faqs-18')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><p>&nbsp;</p>
<p><div id="sp_easy_accordion-1775793364"><div id="sp-ea-10774" class="sp-ea-one sp-easy-accordion" data-ea-active="ea-click" data-ea-mode="vertical" data-preloader="" data-scroll-active-item="" data-offset-to-scroll="0"><div class="ea-card ea-expand sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107740" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107740" aria-controls="collapse107740" href="#" aria-expanded="true" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-minus"></i> Is it possible that we can set the maximum number of days for refund and exchange product-wise?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse collapsed show" id="collapse107740" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107740"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, we have this feature in our plugin admin can set the maximum number of days for the refund and exchange from the product edit page.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107741" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107741" aria-controls="collapse107741" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin put some customized refund &amp; exchange policy according to the site on the refund &amp; exchange form?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107741" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107741"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can put customized refund &amp; exchange policy by catching in </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> -&gt; </span><b>Refund/Exchange Tab </b><span style="font-weight: 400">-&gt;&gt; and enable the refund/exchange rules in the </span><b>Appearance section</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> and put the matter in the description box given as refund/exchange rule editor.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107742" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107742" aria-controls="collapse107742" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin add some fees for the refund &amp; exchange process?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107742" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107742"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can put some extra fees in the refund &amp; exchange of a product by moving in </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> -&gt; </span><b>RMA Policies Tab</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> &gt;&gt; &amp; then set the Refund/Exchange include tax policies accordingly.</span></p><p> </p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107743" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107743" aria-controls="collapse107743" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Is there any functionality to keep off the refund/exchange/cancel feature for an order to proceed via COD?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107743" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107743"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can turn off the refund/exchange/cancel feature for such order by going through </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> -&gt; </span><b>General Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400">  -&gt; </span><span style="font-weight: 400">Hide Refund, Exchange, Cancel Button For COD When in Processing Status</span><span style="font-weight: 400">.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107744" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107744" aria-controls="collapse107744" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin apply a minimum amount to restrict the customer to cancel their order?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107744" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107744"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes, the admin can apply the minimum amount cancel order functionality in the </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> -&gt; </span><b>RMA Policies Tab &gt;&gt; </b><span style="font-weight: 400">and set the cancel policies accordingly.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107745" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107745" aria-controls="collapse107745" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Can the admin set a form for the COD Orders to collect the customer bank details?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107745" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107745"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Yes the admin can collect the customer bank details in COD Orders by enabling the checkbox </span><span style="font-weight: 400">to Show Bank Details Field For Manual Refund from </span><b>WPSwings -&gt; RMA Setting</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> -&gt; </span><b>General Setting.</b></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107746" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107746" aria-controls="collapse107746" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Does ShipRocket operate with your RMA plugin?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107746" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107746"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">Absolutely, Shiprocket is compatible with our RMA plugin. Please enter the username and password to configure and authenticate your account for this in the </span><b>Plugin settings &gt;&gt; Integrations Tab &gt;&gt; Shiprocket Integration</b><span style="font-weight: 400">.</span></p></div></div></div><div class="ea-card sp-ea-single"><h3 class="ea-header"><a class="collapsed" id="ea-header-107747" role="button" data-sptoggle="spcollapse" data-sptarget="#collapse107747" aria-controls="collapse107747" href="#" aria-expanded="false" tabindex="0"><i aria-hidden="true" role="presentation" class="ea-expand-icon eap-icon-ea-expand-plus"></i> Where will the admin retrieve the ShipRocket API?</a></h3><div class="sp-collapse spcollapse " id="collapse107747" data-parent="#sp-ea-10774" role="region" aria-labelledby="ea-header-107747"> <div class="ea-body"><p><span style="font-weight: 400">If the admin doesn't know the API login and password, they can access the Shiprocket integration by going to the </span><b>Integrations </b><span style="font-weight: 400">tab and selecting it. From there, they can access the Obtain Api Information For </span><b>Shiprocket Dashboard</b><span style="font-weight: 400"> link. Alternatively, using the Shiprocket dashboard, the admin may set up an API account and password.</span></p></div></div></div></div></div></p>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="helpful-resources-21_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3857" id="helpful-resources-21" data-section-id="3857"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">12.</span>Helpful Resources!!!! <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#helpful-resources-21')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li class="title-heading-left fusion-responsive-typography-calculated"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/return-refund-exchange/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-blog&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=rma-setup-blog">How To Setup Return And Exchange In Your Online Store?</a></li>
<li>
<p class="title-heading-left fusion-responsive-typography-calculated"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/make-refunds-exchanges-easy-customers-woocommerce-site/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-blog&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=refunds-exchanges">How Refund And Exchange Can Be A Key To Customer Satisfaction?</a></p>
</li>
<li>
<p class="title-heading-left fusion-responsive-typography-calculated"><a href="https://wpswings.com/blog/ecommerce-return-merchandise-authorization/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-blog&amp;utm_medium=rma-pro-doc&amp;utm_campaign=ecommerce-rma">eCommerce Return Merchandise Authorization (RMA)- All You Need To Know</a></p>
</li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--><div class="doc-sectionwrap " id="case-study_wrap"><div class="documentor-section  section-3859" id="case-study" data-section-id="3859"><h2 class="doc-sec-title" style="clear:none;line-height:39px;font-family:;font-size:31px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#3c3c3c;border-bottom: 1px dotted #e6e6e6;"> <span class="doc-sec-count" style="display:inline-block">13.</span>Case Study <span class="doc-sec-link doc-noprint" onclick="prompt('Press Ctrl + C, then Enter to copy to clipboard','https://docs.wpswings.com/tag/woocommerce-refund-and-exchange-plugin/feed/#case-study')"><span class="icon-hyperlink doc-icons"></span></span> <div class="documentor-social doc-noprint"></div></h2><div class="doc-sec-content" style="clear:none;line-height:24px;font-family:PT Sans,sans-serif;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#333333;"><ul>
<li><a href="https://wpswings.com/case-studies/no44store/?utm_source=wpswings-rma-casestudy&amp;utm_medium=rma-doc-pro&amp;utm_campaign=rma-casestudy">WooCommerce RMA Case Study (No 44 Store) </a></li>
</ul>
</div><div class="documentor-help"><div class="negative-feedbackform doc-noprint">
					</div><div class="feedback-msg doc-noprint"></div></div></div></div><!--./doc-sectionwrap--></div><!--.doc-sec-container--><div id="sugestedit_popup180" class="sugestedit_popup">
				<a class="modal_close"></a>
				<form name="documentor-suggestform" method="post" class="documentor-suggestform">
					<div class="doc-frmdiv" style="font-weight: bold;">Suggest Edit
					</div>
					<div class="doc-frmdiv">
						<input type="text" name="sec_title" class="sedit-sectitle txtinput" value="" />
					</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="text" name="name" class="txtinput" placeholder="Name" required />
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<input type="email" class="emailinput" placeholder="Email" name="email" required /> 
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv">
							<textarea name="content" class="textareainput" placeholder="Post your suggestion..." required></textarea>
						</div><div class="doc-frmdiv"><label> Captcha :&nbsp; </label><span class="doc-sedit-captcha"></span></div><input type="hidden" class="sedit-secid" name="secid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-postid" name="sedit_postid" value="" />
					<input type="hidden" class="sedit-docid" name="docid" value="180" />
					<button class="docsubmit-suggestform"> Submit </button>
				</form>
			</div><script type="text/javascript">
			jQuery(document).ready(function(){
				jQuery("#documentor-180").documentor({
					documentid	: 180,
					docid		: "documentor-180",
					animation	: "",
					indexformat	: "1",
					pformat		: "decimal",
					cformat		: "decimal",					
					secstyle	: "clear:none;line-height:20px;font-family:;font-size:15px;font-weight:normal;font-style:normal;color:#0d7cc6;",
					actnavbg_default: "1",
					actnavbg_color	: "#f3b869",
					enable_ajax	: "0",
					scrolling	: "1",
					fixmenu		: "1",
					skin		: "mint",
					scrollBarSize	: "3",
					scrollBarColor	: "#326693",
					scrollBarOpacity: "0.4",
					windowprint	: "0",
					menuTop: "20",
					socialshare	: 0,
					sharecount	: 1,
					fbshare		: 1,
					twittershare	: 1,
					gplusshare	: 1,
					pinshare	: 1,
					togglechild	: 1,
					noResultsStr: "No results found!",
				});	
			});</script></div><!--/.document-wrapper--></div><div class="cleardiv"> </div><div id="documentor-180-end"></div></p>
<p>The post <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/">RMA Return Refund &#038; Exchange for WooCommerce Pro &#8211; Stock Management, Tax Handling, Exchange &#038; Cancel Order Features</a> appeared first on <a href="https://docs.wpswings.com">WP Swings Documentation</a>.</p>
]]></content:encoded>
					
					<wfw:commentRss>https://docs.wpswings.com/rma-return-refund-exchange-for-woocommerce-pro/feed/</wfw:commentRss>
			<slash:comments>0</slash:comments>
		
		
			</item>
	</channel>
</rss>
